Document:

Exhibit 4.7

 

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

as the Issuer

 

$500,000,000 6.0% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2025

 

 

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

Dated as of April 8, 2019 to

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE

 

Dated as of May 30, 2018

 

 

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

 

as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS EUROPE AG (formerly
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS DEUTSCHLAND AG)

 

as Registrar

 

     

     

    

 

FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
(this “Supplemental Indenture”), dated as of April 8, 2019, among Millicom International Cellular S.A. (the “Issuer”),
a public limited liability company (société anonyme) organized under the laws of the Grand Duchy of Luxembourg,
having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Trade
and Companies Register under the number B 40630 and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, as Trustee, Transfer Agent and Paying Agent,
and Citigroup Global Markets Europe AG (formerly Citigroup Global Markets Deutschland AG) as Registrar. Capitalized terms used
herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to them in the Indenture.

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Amended and Restated
Indenture, dated as of May 30, 2018, among the Issuer, the Trustee and the Registrar (the “Indenture”), governs the
Issuer’s 6.0% Senior Notes Due 2025 (the “Notes”);

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has requested
that Holders of the Notes deliver their consents with respect to the certain amendments to the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, Section 9.02 of the
Indenture provides that the Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement the Indenture with the consent of the Holders of at
least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes;

 

WHEREAS, the Holders of at least
a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes have duly consented to the proposed modifications set forth
in this Supplemental Indenture in accordance with Section 9.02 of the Indenture;

 

WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore
delivered, or is delivering contemporaneously herewith, to the Trustee (i) a copy of resolutions of the Board of Directors of the
Issuer authorizing the execution of this Supplemental Indenture, (ii) evidence of the consent of the Holders of at least a majority
in aggregate principal amount of the then outstanding Notes and (iii) the Officer’s Certificate and the Opinion of Counsel
described in Sections 9.05, 14.03(1) and 14.03(2) of the Indenture; and

 

WHEREAS, all conditions necessary
to authorize the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture and to make this Supplemental Indenture valid and binding
have been complied with or performed and this Supplemental Indenture is permitted by the Indenture.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration
of the foregoing and notwithstanding any provision of the Indenture which, absent this Supplemental Indenture, might operate to
limit such action, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE ONE

 

AMENDMENTS

 

SECTION 1.01 Revisions to
Existing Definitions. Subject to Section 2.01 hereof, the definitions of “Asset Disposition”, “Consolidated
EBITDA”, “Consolidated Net Debt”, “Debt”, “IFRS”, “Net Leverage Ratio”, “Permitted
Liens” and “Permitted Refinancing Debt” in Section 1.01 of the Indenture are hereby deleted in their entireties
and replaced, respectively, as follows:

 

“Asset
Disposition” means any transfer, conveyance, sale, lease or other disposition by the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries (including a consolidation or merger or other sale of any such Restricted Subsidiary with, into or to
another Person in a transaction in which such Restricted Subsidiary ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, but
excluding a disposition by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer which
is an 80% or more owned Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer) of (i) shares of Capital Stock (other than directors’
qualifying shares and shares to be held by third parties to satisfy applicable legal requirements) or other ownership
interests of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, (ii) substantially all of the assets of the Issuer or any of its
Restricted Subsidiaries representing a division or line of business or (iii) other assets or rights of the Issuer or any of
its Restricted Subsidiaries outside of the ordinary course of business; provided that the term “Asset
Disposition” shall not include:

 

    2

     

    

 

(a)       any
dispositions of assets in a single transaction or series of transactions with an aggregate Fair Market Value in any calendar year
of not more than the greater of (x) $25 million and (y) 1% of Total Assets (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried
over to the next succeeding year subject to a maximum of the greater of $25 million and 1% of Total Assets of carried over amounts
for any calendar year);

 

(b)       any
disposition of Tower Equipment, including any Sale/Leaseback Transaction; provided that any cash or Cash Equivalents received
in connection with such disposition or Sale/Leaseback Transaction must be applied in accordance with Section 4.10 hereof;

 

(c)       a
transfer of assets between or among the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(d)       the
issuance of Capital Stock by a Restricted Subsidiary to the Issuer or to another Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(e)       any
disposition of Capital Stock of a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to an agreement or other obligation with or to a Person (other
than the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiary) from whom such Restricted Subsidiary was acquired or from whom such Restricted Subsidiary
acquired its business and assets (having been newly formed in connection with such acquisition), made as part of such acquisition
and in each case comprising all or a portion of the consideration in respect of such sale or acquisition;

 

(f)       the
sale, lease or other transfer of products, services, accounts receivable, inventory or other assets in the ordinary course of business
and any sale or other disposition of damaged, surplus, worn-out or obsolete assets;

 

(g)       dispositions
in connection with Permitted Liens;

 

(h)       disposals
of assets, rights or revenue not constituting part of the Related Business and other disposals of non-core assets acquired in connection
with any acquisition permitted under this Indenture;

 

(i)       licenses
and sublicenses of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j)       any
surrender or waiver of contract rights or settlement, release, recovery on or surrender of contract, tort or other claims in the
ordinary course of business;

 

(k)       the
disposition of receivables in connection with the compromise, settlement or collection thereof in the ordinary course of business
or in bankruptcy or similar proceedings;

 

(l)       the
granting of Liens not prohibited by Section 4.12 hereof;

 

(m)       a
transfer or disposition of assets that is governed by the provisions of this Indenture described under Section 5.01 hereof;

 

(n)       the
sale or other disposition of cash or Cash Equivalents;

 

(o)       the
foreclosure, condemnation or any similar action with respect to any property or other assets;

 

    3

     

    

 

(p)       sales
of accounts receivable and related assets or an interest therein of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables
Transaction” to a Receivables Entity, and Investments in a Receivables Entity consisting of cash or Securitization Obligations;

 

(q)       any
disposition or expropriation of assets or Capital Stock which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary is required by, or made in
response to concerns raised by, a regulatory authority or court of competent jurisdiction;

 

(r)       any
disposition of Capital Stock, Debt or other securities of an Unrestricted Subsidiary;

 

(s)       disposal
of non-core assets acquired in connection with any acquisition permitted under this Indenture;

 

(t)       any
disposition of assets to a Person who is providing services related to such assets, the provision of which have been or are to
be outsourced by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary to such Person;

 

(u)       any
disposition of investments in joint ventures to the extent required by, or made pursuant to, customary buy/sell arrangements between
the joint venture parties set forth in joint venture arrangements and similar binding agreements; provided that any cash
or Cash Equivalents received in such disposition is applied in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 4.10;

 

(v)       any
sale or disposition with respect to property built, repaired, improved, owned or otherwise acquired by the Issuer or any Subsidiary
pursuant to customary sale and leaseback transactions, asset securitizations and other similar financings permitted by this Indenture;
and

 

(w)       any
dispositions constituting the surrender of tax losses by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary (i) to Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(ii) in order to eliminate, satisfy or discharge any tax liability of any Person that was formerly a Subsidiary of the Issuer which
has been disposed of pursuant to a disposal permitted by the terms of this Indenture, to the extent that the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary would have a liability (in the form of an indemnification obligation or otherwise) to one or more Persons in relation
to such tax liability if not so eliminated, satisfied or discharged; and

 

(x)       any
other disposal of assets not described in clauses (a) to (w) above comprising in aggregate percentage value 10% or less of Total
Assets.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means,
for any period, operating profit of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as such amount is determined on a consolidated
basis in accordance with IFRS, plus the sum of the following amounts, in each case, without duplication. Losses shall be
added (as a positive number) and gains shall be deducted, in each case, to the extent such amounts were included in calculating
operating profit:

 

(a)       depreciation
and amortization expenses;

 

(b)       the
net loss or gain on the disposal and impairment of assets;

 

(c)       share-based
compensation expenses;

 

(d)       at
the Issuer’s option, other non-cash charges reducing operating profit (provided that if any such non-cash charge
represents an accrual of or reserve for potential cash charges in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof in
such future period shall reduce operating profit to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was
paid in a prior period) less other non-cash items of income increasing operating income (excluding any such non-cash
item of income to the extent it represents (x) a receipt of cash payments in any future period, (y) the reversal of an
accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced operating income in any prior period and (z) any non-cash gains
with respect to cash actually received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase operating income in such prior
period);

 

    4

     

    

 

(e)       any
material extraordinary, one-off, non-recurring, exceptional or unusual gain, loss, expense or charge, including any charges or
reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, relocation, refinancing, integration or severance or other post-employment
arrangements, signing, retention or completion bonuses, transaction costs, acquisition costs, disposition costs, business optimization,
information technology implementation or development costs, costs related to governmental investigations and curtailments or modifications
to pension or postretirement benefits schemes, litigation or any asset impairment charges or the financial impacts of natural disasters
(including fire, flood and storm and related events);

 

(f)       at
the Issuer’s option, the effects of adjustments in its consolidated financial statements pursuant to IFRS (including inventory,
property, equipment, software, goodwill, intangible assets, in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line
items) attributable to the application of recapitalization accounting or acquisition accounting, as the case may be, in relation
to any consummated acquisition or joint venture investment or the amortization or write-off or write-down of amounts thereof, net
of taxes;

 

(g)       any
reasonable expenses, charges or other costs related to any Equity Offering, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization
or the Incurrence, waiver or amendment of any Debt (or the refinancing thereof) (whether or not successful or consummated), in
each case, as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer;

 

(h)       any
gains or losses on associates;

 

(i)       any
unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of equity Investments;

 

(j)       any
unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements;

 

(k)       any
unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of put options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights
with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(l)       any
unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of call options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting rights
with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

(m)       any
net foreign exchange gains or losses;

 

(n)       at
the Issuer’s option, any adjustments to reduce the impact of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles and
changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

(o)       accruals
and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the closing date of any acquisition that are so required
to be established or adjusted as a result of such acquisition that are so required to be established as a result of such acquisition
in accordance with IFRS;

 

(p)       any
expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the Issuer
or a Restricted Subsidiary has made a determination that there exists reasonable evidence that such amount will in fact be reimbursed
by the insurer or indemnifying party and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date
of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within
the applicable 365-day period);

 

(q)       the
amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are covered
by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer
or other disposition of assets;

 

    5

     

    

 

(r)       any
net gain (or loss) realized upon any Sale/Leaseback Transaction that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course
of business, determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Issuer;

 

(s)       the
amount of loss on the sale or transfer of any assets in connection with an asset securitization program, receivables factoring
transaction or other receivables transaction (including, without limitation, a Qualified Receivables Transaction); and

 

(t)       Specified
Legal Expenses.

 

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated
EBITDA for any period, as of such date of determination:

 

(i)       if,
since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary has made any Asset Disposition or disposed of any company,
any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any such disposition, a “Sale”),
including any Sale occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA
for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if positive) attributable to the assets which are
the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable
thereto for such period;

 

(ii)       if,
since the beginning of such period the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment
in any Person that thereby becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, or otherwise acquires any company, any business, or any group of assets
constituting an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), including any
such Purchase occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for
such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such
period;

 

(iii)       if,
since the beginning of such period any Person (that became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Issuer or any
Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment
pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above if made by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated
EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on
the first day of such period, including anticipated synergies and cost savings as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first
day of such period;

 

(iv)       whenever
pro forma effect is applied, the pro forma calculations will be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial
or accounting officer of the Issuer (including in respect of anticipated synergies and cost savings) as though the full effect
of synergies and cost savings were realized on the first day of the relevant period and shall also include the reasonably anticipated
full run rate cost savings effect (as calculated in good faith by a responsible financial or chief accounting officer of the Issuer)
of cost savings programs that have been initiated by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries as though such cost savings programs
had been fully implemented on the first day of the relevant period; and

 

(v)       for
the purposes of determining the amount of Consolidated EBITDA under this definition denominated in a foreign currency, the Issuer
may, at its option, calculate the U.S. Dollar equivalent amount of such Consolidated EBITDA based on either (i) the weighted average
exchange rates for the relevant period used in the consolidated financial statements of the Issuer for such relevant period or
(ii) the relevant currency exchange rate in effect on the Issue Date.

 

For the purpose of calculating the
Consolidated EBITDA of the Issuer, any Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA shall be added to the amount determined in
accordance with the foregoing.

 

    6

     

    

 

“Consolidated Net Debt”
means, as of any date of determination, the sum without duplication of (1) the total amount of Debt of the Issuer and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, minus (2) the sum without duplication of (i) all Debt outstanding under Minority Shareholder
Loans, (ii) any Debt which is a contingent obligation of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries on such date, (iii) all Debt
permitted by clause (3) of Section 4.09(b), (iv) all Debt permitted by clause (17) of Section 4.09(b) and (v) all Debt outstanding
under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease; minus (3) the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than cash
or Cash Equivalents received from the Incurrence of Debt by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such
cash or Cash Equivalents has not been subsequently applied or used for any purpose not prohibited by this Indenture) of the Issuer
and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would be stated on the statement of financial position of the Issuer
as of such date in accordance with IFRS, excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, Restricted Cash.

 

“Debt” means (without duplication),
with respect to any Person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such Person and whether or not contingent:

 

(i)       the
principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such Person for money borrowed;

 

(ii)       the
principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other
similar instruments;

 

(iii)       every
reimbursement obligation of such person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities issued
for the account of such Person (but only to the extent such obligations are not reimbursed within 30 days following receipt by
such Person of a demand for reimbursement); and

 

(iv)       the
principal component of every obligation of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (iii) of another Person and all dividends
of another Person the payment of which, in either case, such Person has Guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or
indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise to the extent not otherwise included in the Debt of such Person.

 

The “amount” or “principal
amount” of Debt at any time of determination as used herein represented by (x) any Debt issued at a price that is less than
the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with
IFRS, (y) any Redeemable Stock, shall be the maximum fixed redemption or repurchase price in respect thereof; and (z) any amount
of Debt that has been cash-collateralized, to the extent so cash-collateralized, shall be excluded from any calculation of Debt.
Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, for all purposes under this Indenture, the amount of Debt Incurred, repaid, redeemed,
repurchased or otherwise acquired by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer shall equal the liability in respect thereof determined
in accordance with IFRS and reflected on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position.

 

The term “Debt” shall not include:

 

(a)       obligations
described in clauses (i) or (ii) of the first paragraph of this definition of Debt that are Incurred by a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer (the “Proceeds Recipient”) and owed to a bank or other lending institution (the
“On-Lend Bank”) to facilitate the substantially concurrent on-lending of proceeds (the “Proceeds
On-Loan”) from Debt Incurred by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) as
permitted by Section 4.09 hereof (the “Initial Debt”) to the extent (i) the principal obligations in respect of
the Proceeds On-Loan are secured by security over cash granted in favor of the On-Lend Bank or any of its affiliates in an
amount not less than the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan or (ii) the Proceeds On-Loan is put in place substantially
concurrently with a loan by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) to the
On-Lend Bank (the “On-Lend Bank Borrowing”) pursuant to which the Proceeds Recipient is entitled to reduce the
principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan by an amount equal to the principal amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing if a
default or acceleration occurs with respect to such On-Lend Bank Borrowing or (iii) the substantial risks and rewards of the
Proceeds On-Loan are transferred, using a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement, from the On-Lend Bank
to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) in exchange for an amount not less
than (x) the amount of cash granted in favor of the On-Lend Bank or any of its Affiliates or (y) the outstanding amount of
the On-Lend Bank Borrowing, as applicable, in each case as at the effective date of such transfer;

 

    7

     

    

 

(b)       any
liability of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than the Proceeds Recipient) attributable to a synthetic instrument
or any other arrangement or agreement described in paragraph (a)(iii) above to the extent such obligation under the relevant instrument,
arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS and recorded as a
current liability on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position;

 

(c)       any
Restricted MFS Cash;

 

(d)       any
liability of the Issuer attributable to a put option or similar instrument, arrangement or agreement entered into after the Issue
Date granted by the Issuer relating to an interest in any other entity, in each case to the extent such option has not been exercised
or such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability
in accordance with IFRS, and recorded as a current liability on the Issuer’s consolidated statement of financial position;

 

(e)       any
standby letter of credit, performance bond or surety bond provided by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary that are customary
in the Related Business to the extent such letters of credit or bonds are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, are
honored in accordance with their terms;

 

(f)       any
deposits or prepayments received by the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary from a customer or subscriber for its service and any
other deferred or prepaid revenue;

 

(g)       any
obligations to make payments in relation to earn outs;

 

(h)       Debt
which is in the nature of equity (other than redeemable shares) or equity derivatives;

 

(i)       Capital
Lease Obligations or operating leases;

 

(j)       receivables
sold or discounted, whether recourse or non-recourse, including for the avoidance of doubt any debt in respect of Qualified Receivables
Transactions, including without limitation guarantees by a Receivables Entity of the obligations of another Receivables Entity;

 

(k)       pension
obligations or any obligation under employee plans or employment agreements;

 

(l)       any
“parallel debt” obligations to the extent that such obligations mirror other Debt;

 

(m)       any
payments or liability for assets acquired or services supplied deferred (including Trade Payables) in accordance with the terms
pursuant to which the relevant assets were or are to be acquired or services were or are to be supplied;

 

(n)       the
principal component or liquidation preference of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other
repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any Restricted Subsidiary, any Preferred Stock (including, in each case,
any accrued dividends); and

 

(o)       the
net obligations of such Person under any Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement.

 

“IFRS” means the International
Financial Reporting Standards promulgated by the International Accounting Standards Board or any successor board or agency
(and, at the irrevocable option of the Issuer, as adopted by the European Union), as in effect on the Issue Date; provided that
the Issuer may, at any time, irrevocably elect by written notice to the Trustee to use IFRS as in effect from time to time,
and, upon such notice, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean IFRS as in effect from time to time.
The Issuer also may, at any time, irrevocably elect by written notice to the Trustee to use GAAP as in effect from time to
time in lieu of IFRS and, upon such notice, references herein to IFRS shall thereafter be construed to mean GAAP as in effect
from time to time; provided that upon first reporting its fiscal year results under GAAP, the Issuer shall restate the
financial statements required to be delivered under Section 4.03, on the basis of GAAP for the fiscal year ending immediately
prior to the first fiscal year for which financial statements have been prepared on the basis of GAAP.

 

    8

     

    

 

“Net Leverage Ratio”
means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (1) the Consolidated Net Debt outstanding on such date to (2) the Consolidated
EBITDA for the four most recent full fiscal quarters ending immediately prior to such date for which consolidated financial statements
are available, determined, in each case, on a pro forma basis as if any such Debt had been Incurred, or such other Debt had been
repaid, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, at the beginning of such four fiscal quarter period; provided, however, that the
pro forma calculation shall not give effect to (i) any Debt Incurred on such determination date pursuant to Section 4.09(b) hereof
(other than Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (6) of Section 4.09(b) hereof), or (ii) the discharge on such determination date of
any Debt to the extent that such discharge results from the proceeds Incurred pursuant to Section 4.09(b) hereof (other than the
discharge of Debt using proceeds of Debt Incurred pursuant to clause (6) of Section 4.09(b) hereof). For the avoidance of doubt,
in determining Net Leverage Ratio, no cash or Cash Equivalents shall be included that are the proceeds of Debt in respect of which
the pro forma calculation is to be made.

 

“Permitted Liens”
means:

 

(a)       Liens
for taxes, assessments or governmental charges or levies on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries if
the same shall not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and
by appropriate proceeds promptly instituted and diligently concluded; provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision
that shall be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made therefor;

 

(b)       Liens
imposed by law, such as statutory Liens of landlords’, carriers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s,
construction, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of the Issuer or any
of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising in the ordinary course of business or Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory
or common law provisions relating to attorney’s liens or bankers’ liens, rights of set - off or similar rights
and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution;

 

(c)       Liens
on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries Incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure performance
of obligations with respect to statutory or regulatory requirements, performance bids, trade contracts, letters of credit, performance
or return-of-money bonds, surety bonds or other obligations of a like nature and Incurred in a manner consistent with industry
practice, in each case which are not Incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or
the payment of the deferred purchase price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use
of property in the operation of the business of the Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a whole;

 

(d)       Liens
on property at the time the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries acquired such property and Liens Incurred in anticipation
of or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such property was acquired by the Issuer or
its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(e)       Liens
on the property of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (including Liens created, incurred or
assumed in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition or transaction); provided, however, that any
such Lien may not extend to any other property of the Issuer or any other Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Restricted
Subsidiary of such Person (other than pursuant to after-acquired property clauses in effect with respect to such Lien at the
time of acquisition on property of the type that would have been subject to such Lien notwithstanding the occurrence of such
acquisition);

 

    9

     

    

 

(f)       pledges
or deposits by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance
laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of
Debt) or leases to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations
of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or deposits for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary
course of business;

 

(g)       utility
easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing
with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

(h)       any
provision for the retention of title to any property by the vendor or transferor of such property which property is acquired by
the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary and for which kind of transaction it is customary market practice for such retention of title provision to be included;

 

(i)       Liens
arising by means of any judgment, decree or order of any court, to the extent not otherwise resulting in a Default hereunder so
long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order have
not been fully terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired and any Liens that are required
to protect or enforce rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceeding in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j)       Liens
securing any Credit Facility or any Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement;

 

(k)       mortgages,
liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any developer, landlord
or other third party on property over which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries has easement rights or on any real
property leased by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or similar agreements relating thereto and any condemnation
or eminent domain proceedings or compulsory purchase order affecting real property;

 

(l)       Liens
existing on the Issue Date;

 

(m)       Liens
in favor of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(n)       Liens
on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings in respect of the Issuer
or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(o)       Liens
arising from financing statement filings (or other similar filings in any applicable jurisdiction) regarding operating leases entered
into by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer in the ordinary course of business;

 

(p)       Liens
on goods (and the proceeds thereof) and documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Debt in respect of commercial
letters of credit issued to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

(q)       Liens
on property of any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to secure Debt Incurred by such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section
4.09(a) hereof or clauses (9), (10), (11), (12) or (17) of Section 4.09(b) hereof;

 

(r)       Liens
for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of Capital Lease Obligations or payments
Incurred by the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or
property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that such Liens do not encumber any
other assets or property of the Issuer or its Restricted Subsidiaries other than such assets or property and assets affixed
or appurtenant thereto;

 

    10

     

    

 

(s)       Liens
on the property of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to replace in whole or in part, any Lien described in the foregoing
clauses (a) through (r); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements,
accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which
the original Lien arose, could secure) the Debt being refinanced or in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted
Lien hereunder;

 

(t)       any
interest or title of a lessor under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease;

 

(u)       Liens
on any escrow account used in connection with an acquisition of property or Capital Stock of any Person or pre-funding a refinancing
of Debt otherwise permissible by this Indenture;

 

(v)       Liens
on the Issuer’s and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries’ deposits in favor of financial institutions arising from any
netting or set-off arrangement substantially consistent with its current practice for the purpose of netting debt and credit balances
substantially consistent with the Issuer’s or the Restricted Subsidiaries’ existing cash pooling arrangements;

 

(w)       Liens
incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to obligations that
do not exceed the greater of $250 million or 4% of Total Assets at any one time outstanding and that do not in the aggregate materially
detract from the value of the property of the Issuer, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the
Issuer and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(x)       Liens
over cash or other assets that secure collateralized obligations Incurred as Permitted Debt; provided that the amount of
cash collateral does not exceed the principal amount of the Permitted Debt;

 

(y)       Liens
on Restricted MFS Cash in favor of the customers or dealers of, or third parties in relation to, one or more of the Issuer’s
Restricted Subsidiaries engaged in the provision of mobile financial services, in each case who provided such Restricted MFS Cash
to the relevant Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(z)       Liens
on Receivables and related assets of the type described in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” Incurred
in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction, and Liens on Investments in Receivables Entities;

 

(aa)       Liens consisting of any right of
set-off granted to any financial institution acting as a lockbox bank in connection with a Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(bb)       Liens for the purpose of perfecting
the ownership interests of a purchaser of Receivables and related assets pursuant to any Qualified Receivables Transaction;

 

(cc)       [Reserved];

 

(dd)       Liens arising in connection with
other sales of Receivables permitted hereunder without recourse to the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;

 

(ee)       Liens on Receivables and related
assets of the type specified in the definition of “Qualified Receivables Transaction” pursuant to any Qualified Receivables
Transaction;

 

(ff)       Liens
for the purpose of securing the payment of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capital Lease Obligations, Purchase
Money Obligations or other payments Incurred to finance the acquisition, improvement or construction of, assets or property
acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business (including Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention,
hire purchase, consignment or similar arrangements for the sale of goods entered into in the ordinary course of business), provided that
such Liens do not encumber any other assets or property of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary other than such assets or
property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

    11

     

    

 

(gg)       Liens securing Debt or other obligations
of a Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Issuer or another Restricted Subsidiary;

 

(hh)       Liens in respect of the ownership
interests in, or assets owned by, any joint ventures or similar arrangements, other than joint ventures and similar arrangements
that are Restricted Subsidiaries, securing obligations of such joint ventures or similar agreements;

 

(ii)       any
encumbrance or restriction (including, but not limited to, put and call arrangements) with respect to Capital Stock of any joint
venture or similar arrangement pursuant to any joint venture or similar agreement;

 

(jj)       Liens over rights under loan agreements
relating to, or over notes or similar instruments evidencing, the on-loan of proceeds received by a Restricted Subsidiary from
the issuance of Debt, which Liens are created to secure payment of such Debt; and

 

(kk)       Liens on Capital Stock or other
securities or assets of any Unrestricted Subsidiary that secure Debt of such Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

“Permitted Refinancing Debt”
means any renewals, extensions, substitutions, defeasances, discharges, refinancings or replacements (each, for purposes of this
definition and clause (8) of Section 4.09(b) hereof, a “refinancing”) of any Debt of the Issuer or a Restricted
Subsidiary of the Issuer or pursuant to this definition, including any successive refinancings, as long as:

 

(b)       such
Permitted Refinancing Debt is in an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue
price) not in excess of the sum of: (i) the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate
accreted value plus all accrued interest) then outstanding of the Debt being refinanced; and (ii) an amount necessary to pay any
fees and expenses, including premiums and defeasance costs, related to such refinancing;

 

(c)       such
Permitted Refinancing Debt has (i) a Stated Maturity that is either (X) no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Debt being refinanced
or (Y) after the Stated Maturity of the Notes and (ii) a Weighted Average Life to Maturity that is equal to or greater than the
Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Debt being refinanced; and

 

(d)       if
the Debt being refinanced is subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, such Permitted Refinancing Debt is subordinated in
right of payment to, the Notes on terms at least as favorable to the Holders of Notes as those contained in the documentation governing
the Debt being refinanced; and

 

(e)       if
the Issuer was the obligor on the Debt being refinanced, such Permitted Refinancing Debt is Incurred by the Issuer.

 

Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect of any Credit
Facility or any other Debt may be Incurred from time to time after the termination, discharge or repayment of all or any part of
such Credit Facility or other Debt. Permitted Refinancing Debt shall not include any Debt of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
that refinances Debt of an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

 

SECTION 1.02  Insertion
of Additional Definitions. Subject to Section 2.01 hereof, the following definitions are hereby added to Section 1.01 of
the Indenture where appropriate based on alphabetical ordering:

 

    12

     

    

 

“Disqualified Stock”
means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock of such Person which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which
it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

(a)       matures
or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

(b)       is
convertible or exchangeable for Debt or Disqualified Stock (excluding Capital Stock which is convertible or exchangeable solely
at the option of the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary); or

 

(c)       is
redeemable at the option of the holder of the Capital Stock in whole or in part, in each case on or prior to the earlier of the
date (a) of the Stated Maturity of the Notes or (b) on which there are no Notes Outstanding, provided that only the portion
of Capital Stock which so matures or is mandatorily redeemable, is so convertible or exchangeable or is so redeemable at the option
of the holder thereof prior to such date will be deemed to be Disqualified Stock; provided, further that any Capital
Stock that would constitute Disqualified Stock solely because the holders thereof have the right to require the Issuer to repurchase
such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale (each defined in a substantially identical manner to
the corresponding definitions in this Indenture) shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the terms of such Capital Stock (and
all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable) provide that the Issuer may not repurchase
or redeem any such Capital Stock (and all such securities into which it is convertible or for which it is ratable or exchangeable)
pursuant to such provision prior to compliance by the Issuer with the Sections 4.15 and 4.10 hereof.

 

“Purchase Money Note”
means a promissory note of a Receivables Entity evidencing the deferred purchase price of Receivables (and related assets) and/or
a line of credit, which may be irrevocable, from the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Qualified Receivables
Transaction with a Receivables Entity, which note is intended to finance that portion of the purchase price that is not paid in
cash or a contribution of equity and which is (a) repayable from cash available to the Receivables Entity, other than (i) amounts
required to be established as reserves pursuant to agreements, (ii) amounts paid to investors in respect of interest, (iii) principal
and other amounts owing to such investors and (iv) amounts owing to such investors and amounts paid in connection with the purchase
of newly generated Receivables and (b) may be subordinated to the payments described in clause (a).

 

“Purchase Money Obligations”
means any Debt Incurred to finance or refinance the acquisition, leasing, construction or improvement of property (real or personal)
or assets (including Capital Stock), and whether acquired through the direct acquisition of such property or assets or the acquisition
of the Capital Stock of any Person owning such property or assets, or otherwise.

 

“Qualified Receivables
Transaction” means any transaction or series of transactions that may be entered into by the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries pursuant to which the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to (1) a
Receivables Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries) and (2) any other Person (in
the case of a transfer by a Receivables Entity), or may grant a Lien in, any Receivables (whether now existing or arising in the
future) of the Issuer or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries, and any assets related thereto including, without limitation, all
collateral securing such Receivables, all contracts and all guarantees or other obligations in respect of such accounts receivable,
the proceeds of such Receivables and other assets which are customarily transferred, or in respect of which Liens are customarily
granted, in connection with asset securitization involving Receivables and any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement
entered into by the Issuer or any such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Receivables.

 

“Receivable”
means a right to receive payment arising from a sale or lease of goods or the performance of services by a Person pursuant to an
arrangement with another Person pursuant to which such other Person is obligated to pay for goods or services under terms that
permit the purchase of such goods and services on credit and shall include, in any event, any items of property that would be classified
as an “account,” “chattel paper,” “payment intangible” or “instrument” under the
Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and any “supporting obligations” as so defined.

 

    13

     

    

 

“Receivables Entity”
means a Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Issuer (or another Person in which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary makes an Investment
or to which the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary transfers Receivables and related assets) which engages in no activities other
than in connection with the financing of Receivables and which is designated by the Board of Directors or senior management of
the Issuer (as provided below) as a Receivables Entity:

 

(a)       no
portion of the Debt or any other obligations (contingent or otherwise) of which:

 

(i)       is
Guaranteed by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary (excluding guarantees of obligations (other than the principal of, and interest
on, Debt) pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings);

 

(ii)       is
recourse to or obligates the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in any way other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings;
or

 

(iii)       subjects
any property or asset of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, contingently or otherwise, to the satisfaction
thereof, other than pursuant to Standard Securitization Undertakings, except, in each such case, Permitted Liens as defined in
clauses (z) through (ee) of the definition thereof;

 

(b)       with
which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any material contract, agreement, arrangement or understanding (except
in connection with a Purchase Money Note or Qualified Receivables Transaction) other than on terms not materially less favorable
to the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary than those that might be obtained at the time from Persons that are not Affiliates
of the Issuer, other than fees payable in the ordinary course of business in connection with servicing Receivables; and

 

(c)       to
which neither the Issuer nor any Restricted Subsidiary has any obligation to maintain or preserve such entity’s financial
condition or cause such entity to achieve certain levels of operating results (other than those related to or incidental to the
relevant Qualified Receivables Transaction).

 

Any such designation by the Board
of Directors or senior management of Issuer shall be evidenced to the Trustee by promptly filing with the Trustee a certified copy
of the resolution of the Board of Directors of Issuer giving effect to such designation or an Officer’s Certificate certifying
that such designation complied with the foregoing conditions.

 

“Receivables Repurchase Obligation”
means any obligation of a seller of Receivables in a Qualified Receivables Transaction to repurchase Receivables arising as a result
of a breach of a representation, warranty or covenant or otherwise, including as a result of a receivable or portion thereof becoming
subject to any asserted defense, dispute, offset or counterclaim of any kind as a result of any action taken by, any failure to
take action by or any other event relating to the seller.

 

“Specified Legal Expenses”
means, to the extent not constituting an extraordinary, non-recurring or unusual loss, charge or expense, all attorneys’
and experts’ fees and expenses and all other costs, liabilities (including all damages, penalties, fines and indemnification
and settlement payments) and expenses paid or payable in connection with any threatened, pending, completed or future claim, demand,
action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation (whether civil, criminal, administrative, governmental or investigative).

 

“Standard Securitization Undertakings”
means representations, warranties, covenants and indemnities entered into by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary which are
reasonably customary in a securitization of Receivables transactions, including, without limitation, those relating to the servicing
of the assets of a Receivables Entity, it being understood that any Receivables Repurchase Obligation shall be deemed to be a Standard
Securitization Undertaking.

 

    14

     

    

 

“Wholly-Owned Subsidiary”
means (1) in respect of any Person, a Person, all of the Capital Stock of which (other than (a) directors’ qualifying shares
or an immaterial amount of shares required to be owned by other Persons pursuant to applicable law, regulation or to ensure limited
liability and (b) in the case of a Receivables Entity, shares held by a Person that is not an Affiliate of the Issuer solely for
the purpose of permitting such Person (or such Person’s designee) to vote with respect to customary major events with respect
to such Receivables Entity, including without limitation the institution of bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar proceedings,
any merger or dissolution, and any change in charter documents or other customary events) is owned by that Person directly or (2)
indirectly by a Person that satisfies the requirements of clause (1).

 

SECTION 1.03  Amendments to Section 4.09.
Subject to Section 2.01 hereof, the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting Section 4.09 in its entirety and replacing it with
the following:

 

“Section 4.09  Limitation on Debt

 

(a)       The
Issuer may not, and may not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, Incur any Debt; provided that
the Issuer and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may Incur Debt if at the time of such Incurrence and after giving effect to the
Incurrence of such Debt and the application of the proceeds thereof, on a pro forma basis, the Net Leverage Ratio is less than
3.0 to 1.0.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding
the limitation in Section 4.09(a), the following Debt (“Permitted Debt”) may be Incurred:

 

(1)       the
Incurrence by the Issuer of Debt pursuant to the Notes (other than Additional Notes);

 

(2)       any
Debt of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on the Issue Date after giving effect to the use of proceeds
of the Notes;

 

(3)       Pari
Passu Debt of the Issuer and Debt of its Restricted Subsidiaries under Credit Facilities in an aggregate principal amount at any
one time outstanding that does not exceed an amount equal to the greater of (x) $500 million and (y) 8% of Total Assets; and any
Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof, plus, (A) any accrual or accretion of interest that increases the principal amount
of Debt under Credit Facilities and (B) in the case of any refinancing of Debt permitted under this clause (iii) or any portion
thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with
such refinancing;

 

(4)       Debt
owed by the Issuer to any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or Debt owed by any Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer to the Issuer
or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer; provided, however, that (A) if the Issuer is the obligor on such Debt and the
payee is not the Issuer, such Debt must be unsecured and expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of all obligations
then due with respect to the Issuer’s obligations under the Notes, and (B) either (x) the transfer or other disposition by
the Issuer or such Restricted Subsidiary of any Debt so permitted to a Person (other than to the Issuer or any of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) or (y) such Restricted Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted Subsidiary of the Issuer, will at the time of such transfer
or other disposition, in each case, be deemed to be an Incurrence of such Debt not permitted by this clause (4);

 

(5)       the
Guarantee by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt of any of the Issuer’s Restricted Subsidiaries to the
extent that the Guaranteed Debt was permitted to be Incurred by another provision of this Section 4.09;

 

(6)       Acquired
Debt;

 

(7)       Minority
Shareholder Loans;

 

    15

     

    

 

(8)       the
Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Permitted Refinancing Debt in exchange for, or the net proceeds
of which are used to refund, replace or refinance, Debt Incurred by it pursuant to Section 4.09(a) and clauses (1), (2), (6) and
(8) of this Section 4.09(b), as the case may be;

 

(9)       Debt
of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries represented by letters of credit in order to provide security for workers’
compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits, payment obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar
requirements of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)       customary
indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, incurred in connection with the disposition
of any assets of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and earn-out provisions or contingent payments in respect of
purchase price or adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations in acquisition agreements other than Guarantees of Debt incurred
by any Person acquiring all or any portion of such assets for the purpose of financing such acquisition; provided that the maximum
aggregate liability in respect of each such Incurrence of such Debt will at no time exceed the gross proceeds actually received
by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with the related disposition;

 

(11)       obligations
in respect of (i) customs, VAT or other tax guarantees, (ii) bid, performance, completion, guarantee, surety and similar bonds,
including guarantees or obligations of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to letters of credit supporting
such obligations, (iii) customary cash management, cash pooling or netting or setting off arrangements, and (iv) the financing
of insurance premiums, in each case in the ordinary course of business and not related to Debt for borrowed money;

 

(12)       Debt
of the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check,
draft or similar instrument including, but not limited to, electronic transfers, wire transfers, netting services and commercial
card payments, drawn against insufficient funds; provided that such Debt is extinguished within 30 days of Incurrence; and

 

(13)       Debt
consisting of (a) mortgage financings, Purchase Money Obligations or other financings, Incurred for the purpose of financing all
or any part of the purchase price or cost of construction or improvement of property, plant or equipment acquired or constructed
in the ordinary course of business or (b) Debt otherwise Incurred to finance the purchase, lease, rental or cost of design, construction,
installation or improvement of property (real or personal) or equipment that is used or useful in the ordinary course of business,
whether through the direct purchase of assets or the Capital Stock of any Person owning such assets, and any Debt that refinances,
replaces or refunds such Debt, in an aggregate outstanding principal amount that, when taken together with the principal amount
of all other Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause (xiii) and then outstanding, will not exceed at any time the greater of $250
million and 3% of Total Assets;

 

(14)       Guarantees
by the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary of Debt or any other obligation or liability of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary
(other than of any Debt Incurred in violation of this covenant); provided, however, that if the Debt being Guaranteed is subordinated
in right of payment to the Notes, then such Guarantee shall be subordinated substantially to the same extent as the relevant Debt
Guaranteed;

 

(15)       Debt
of the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in an aggregate outstanding principal amount which, when taken together with any
Permitted Refinancing Debt in respect thereof and the principal amount of all other Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause
(15) and then outstanding, will not exceed 100% of the cash proceeds (net of attorneys’ fees, accountants’ fees,
underwriters’ or placement agents’ fees, listing fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage, consultant and
other fees and charges actually incurred in connection with such issuance or sale and net of taxes paid or payable as a
result of such issuance or sale (after taking into account any available tax credit or deductions and any tax sharing
arrangements)) received by the Issuer from the issuance or sale (other than to the Issuer or a Restricted Subsidiary) of its
Subordinated Shareholder Loans or Capital Stock or otherwise contributed to the equity of the Issuer, in each case,
subsequent to the Issue Date (and in each case, other than through the issuance of Disqualified Stock or Preferred
Stock);

 

    16

     

    

 

(16)       Debt
arising under borrowing facilities provided by a special purpose vehicle to the Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection
with the issuance of notes or other similar debt securities intended to be supported primarily by the payment obligations of the
Issuer or any Restricted Subsidiary in connection with any vendor financing platform; and

 

(17)       the
Incurrence by the Issuer or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of Debt not otherwise permitted to be Incurred pursuant to clauses
(1) through (16) above, which, together with any other outstanding Debt Incurred pursuant to this clause (17), has an aggregate
principal amount at any time outstanding not in excess of the greater of $300 million and 4% of Total Assets, and any Permitted
Refinancing Debt of any debt which on the date it was Incurred was permitted to be Incurred pursuant to this clause (17), plus,
in the case of any refinancing of Debt permitted under this clause (17) or any portion thereof, the aggregate amount of fees, underwriting
discounts, premiums and other costs and expenses Incurred in connection with such refinancing.

 

(c)       The
Issuer will not incur any Debt (including Permitted Debt) that is contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt
of the Issuer unless such Debt is also contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Notes on substantially identical terms;
provided, however, that no Debt will be deemed to be contractually subordinated in right of payment to any other Debt of the Issuer
solely by virtue of being unsecured or by virtue of being secured with different collateral or by virtue of being secured on a
junior priority basis or by virtue of the application of waterfall or other payment ordering provisions affecting different tranches
of Debt.

 

(d)       For
the purposes of determining compliance with this Section 4.09, in the event that an item of Debt meets the criteria of more than
one of the types of Permitted Debt or is entitled to be Incurred pursuant to clause (a) of this Section 4.09, the Issuer in its
sole discretion may classify and from time to time reclassify such item of Debt or any portion thereof and only be required to
include the amount of such Debt as one of such types.

 

(e)       For
the purposes of determining compliance with any covenant in this Indenture or whether an Event of Default has occurred, in each
case, where Debt is denominated in a currency other than U.S. Dollars, the amount of such Debt will be the U.S. Dollar Equivalent
determined on the date of such Incurrence and any covenant in this Indenture shall not be deemed to be exceeded solely as a result
of fluctuations in exchange rates or currency values; provided, however, that if any such Debt that is denominated in a different
currency is subject to an Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement with respect to U.S. Dollars covering principal
and premium, if any, payable on such Debt, the amount of such Debt expressed in U.S. Dollars will be adjusted to take into account
the effect of such an agreement.”

 

SECTION 1.04  Amendments to Section 4.10. Subject
to Section 2.01 hereof, the Indenture is hereby amended by deleting Section 4.10(b)(7) and Section 4.10(b)(8) in their entirety
and replacing them with the following:

 

“(7)       enter into a binding commitment
to apply the Net Available Proceeds pursuant to clauses (4) or (5) of this clause (b); provided that such binding commitment
(or any subsequent binding commitment replacing the initial binding commitment that is entered into within 180 days following the
aforementioned 365-day period) shall be treated as a permitted application of the Net Available Proceeds from the date of such
commitment until the earlier of (X) the date on which such acquisition or expenditure is consummated and (Y) the 180th
day following the expiration of the aforementioned 365-day period; or

 

(8)       any
combination of the foregoing clauses (1) through (7) of this clause (b).”

 

SECTION 1.05  Amendments to Section 4.12.
Subject to Section 2.01 hereof, the following Section 4.12(c) and Section 4.12(d) are hereby added to Section 4.12 of the Indenture:

 

    17

     

    

 

“(c)       For purposes of determining
compliance with this Section 4.12, (x) a Lien need not be Incurred solely by reference to one category of Permitted Liens but may
be Incurred under any combination of such categories (including in part under one such category and in part under any other such
category) and (y) in the event that a Lien (or any portion thereof) meets the criteria of one or more of such categories of Permitted
Liens the Issuer shall, in its sole discretion, divide, classify or may subsequently reclassify at any time such Lien (or any portion
thereof) in any manner that complies with this Section 4.12 and the definition of “Permitted Liens”.

 

(d)       With
respect to any Lien securing Debt that was permitted to secure such Debt at the time of the Incurrence of such Debt, such Lien
shall also be permitted to secure any Increased Amount of such Debt. The “Increased Amount” of any Debt shall mean
any increase in the amount of such Debt in connection with any accrual of interest, the accretion of accreted value, the amortization
of original issue discount, the payment of interest in the form of additional Debt with the same terms or in the form of common
stock, the payment of dividends on Preferred Stock in the form of additional shares of Preferred Stock of the same class, accretion
of original issue discount or liquidation preference, any fees, underwriting discounts, accrued and unpaid interest, premiums and
other costs and expenses incurred in connection therewith and increases in the amount of Debt outstanding solely as a result of
fluctuations in the exchange rate of currencies or increases in the value of property securing Debt.”

 

ARTICLE TWO

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 2.01 Effect of Supplemental
Indenture. Except as amended hereby, all of the terms of the Indenture shall remain and continue in full force and effect and
are hereby confirmed in all respects. From and after the date of this Supplemental Indenture, all references to the Indenture (whether
in the Indenture or in any other agreements, documents or instruments) shall be deemed to be references to the Indenture as amended
and supplemented by this Supplemental Indenture.

 

SECTION 2.02 Effectiveness.
The provisions of this Supplemental Indenture shall be effective only upon execution and delivery of this instrument by the parties
hereto.

 

SECTION 2.02 Governing Law.
THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, THE NOTES WITHOUT GIVING
EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD
BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, articles 86 to 94-8 of
the Luxembourg act dated August 10, 1915 on commercial companies, as amended from time to time, are excluded.

 

SECTION 2.03 No Representations
by Trustee. The Trustee accepts the amendments of the Indenture effected by this Supplemental Indenture, but on the terms and
conditions set forth in the Indenture, including the terms and provisions defining and limiting the liabilities and responsibilities
of the Trustee. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever
for or with respect to any of the recitals or statements contained herein, all of which recitals or statements are made solely
by the Issuer, or for or with respect to (i) the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or any of the terms or
provisions hereof, (ii) the proper authorization hereof by the Issuer by action or otherwise, (iii) the due execution hereof by
the Issuer or (iv) the consequences of any amendment herein provided for, and the Trustee makes no representation with respect
to any such matters.

 

SECTION 2.04 Counterparts.
This Supplemental Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but such counterparts
shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

    18

     

    

 

SECTION 2.05 Ratification of
Indenture; Supplemental Indenture Part of Indenture. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Indenture and the Notes issued
thereunder are in all respects ratified and confirmed, and all of the terms, conditions and provisions thereof shall remain in
full force and effect. This Supplemental Indenture is executed as, and shall constitute an indenture supplemental to the

 

Indenture and shall be construed in connection with
and form a part of the Indenture for all purposes, and every Holder of Notes heretofore or hereafter authenticated and delivered
shall be bound hereby.

 

(signature page follows)

 

    19Exhibit 4.8

 

			CLIFFORD
                                         CHANCE LLP

Execution Version

 

DATED 24 APRIL 2019

 

US$ 300,000,000

 

FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

FOR

 

MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A.

 

ARRANGED BY

 

DNB SWEDEN ASA, SWEDEN BRANCH

NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I SVERIGE

 

WITH

 

DNB BANK ASA

ACTING AS AGENT

 

 

 

TERM FACILITY AGREEMENT

 

 

 

    			

     

    

 

 

	CONTENTS
	Clause	Page
	 	 	 
	1.	Definitions and Interpretation	1
	2.	The Facility	30
	3.	Purpose	32
	4.	Conditions of Utilisation	32
	5.	Utilisation - Loans	34
	6.	Repayment	36
	7.	Prepayment and Cancellation	36
	8.	Interest	41
	9.	Interest Periods	42
	10.	Changes to the Calculation of Interest	43
	11.	Fees	44
	12.	Tax Gross Up and Indemnities	45
	13.	Increased Costs	50
	14.	Other Indemnities	52
	15.	Mitigation by the Lenders	53
	16.	Costs and Expenses	54
	17.	Guarantee and Indemnity	56
	18.	Representations	59
	19.	Information Undertakings	63
	20.	Financial Covenants	68
	21.	General Undertakings	74
	22.	Events of Default	80
	23.	Changes to the Lenders	84
	24.	Changes to the Obligors	89
	25.	Role of the Agent and the Arranger	91
	26.	Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties	99
	27.	Sharing among the Finance Parties	99
	28.	Payment Mechanics	102
	29.	Set-off	106
	30.	Notices	106
	31.	Calculations and Certificates	108
	32.	Partial Invalidity	108
	33.	Remedies and Waivers	109
	34.	Amendments and Waivers	109

 

    	 		

     

    

 

	35.	Confidentiality	114
	36.	Confidentiality of Reference Bank Rates	119
	37.	Counterparts	120
	38.	Governing Law	121
	39.	Enforcement	121
	Schedule 1 The Original Parties	123
	Part I The Original Obligors	123
	Part II The Original Lenders	124
	Schedule 2 Conditions Precedent	125
	Part I Conditions Precedent to Initial Utilisation	125
	Part II Conditions Precedent required to be delivered by an Additional Borrower	127
	Schedule 3 Requests	128
	Part I Utilisation Request	128
	Part II Selection Notice	129
	Schedule 4 Form of Transfer Certificate	130
	Schedule 5 Form of Assignment Agreement	132
	Schedule 6 Form of Accession Letter	135
	Schedule 7 Form of Resignation Letter	136
	Schedule 8 Form of Compliance Certificate	137
	Schedule 9 LMA Form of Confidentiality Undertaking	138
	Schedule 10 Timetables	144
	Schedule 11 Form of Increase Confirmation	145
	Schedule 12 Form of Substitute Affiliate Lender Designation Notice	147

 

    	 		

     

    

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 24 April 2019 and

 

made BETWEEN:

 

		(1)	MILLICOM INTERNATIONAL CELLULAR S.A., a company (société anonyme) incorporated under the laws of
Luxembourg, having its registered office at 2, rue du Fort Bourbon, L-1249 Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register
of Commerce and Companies under number B. 40.630 (the “Company”);

 

		(2)	THE COMPANY listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as original borrower (the “Original
Borrower”);

 

		(3)	THE COMPANY listed in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as guarantor (the “Guarantor”);

 

		(4)	DNB BANK ASA, SWEDEN BRANCH and NORDEA BANK ABP, FILIAL I SVERIGE as coordinators and bookrunning mandated lead
arrangers (whether acting individually or together the “Arranger”);

 

		(5)	THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Part II of Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) as lenders (the “Original
Lenders”); and

 

		(6)	DNB BANK ASA as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”).

 

IT IS AGREED as follows:

 

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

 

		1.	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

		1.1	Definitions

 

In this Agreement:

 

“Acceptable Bank” means a bank
or financial institution which has a rating for its long- term unsecured and non credit-enhanced debt obligations of A- or higher
by Standard & Poor’s Rating Services or Fitch Ratings Ltd or A3 or higher by Moody’s Investor Services Limited
or a comparable rating from an internationally recognised credit rating agency.

 

“Accession Letter” means a document
substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6 (Form of Accession Letter).

 

“Acquired Debt” has the meaning
given to the term in Clause 20.1 (Financial Definitions).

 

“Additional Borrower” means a company
which becomes an Additional Borrower in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

“Affiliate” means, in relation
to any person, a Subsidiary of that person or a Holding Company of that person or any other Subsidiary of that Holding Company.

 

    - 1 -

     

    

 

“Annual Report” means the Millicom
Annual Report 2018.

 

“Assignment Agreement” means an
agreement substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5 (Form of Assignment Agreement) or any other form agreed between
the relevant assignor and assignee.

 

“Authorisation” means an authorisation,
consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption, filing, notarisation or registration.

 

“Availability Period” means the
period from and including the date of this Agreement to and including the date falling 6 Months after the date of this Agreement.

 

“Available Commitment” means, in
relation to the Facility, a Lender’s Commitment minus (subject as set out below):

 

		(a)	the amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans under the Facility; and

 

		(b)	in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the amount of its participation in any other Loans that are due to be made under the
Facility on or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

 

“Available Facility” means, in
relation to the Facility, the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available Commitment.

 

“Borrower” means an Original Borrower
or an Additional Borrower unless it has ceased to be a Borrower in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

“Break Costs” means the amount
(if any) by which:

 

		(a)	the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of receipt of all or any part of its participation
in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal
amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

 

exceeds:

 

		(b)	the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received
by it on deposit with a leading bank in the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following receipt
or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

 

“Business Day” means a day (other
than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for general business in London, New York, Stockholm, Oslo and Luxembourg.

 

“Capital Lease
Obligation” means the obligation to pay rent or other payment amounts under a lease of real or personal property of
such person which is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease on the face of a statement of financial
position of such person in accordance with IFRS. The stated maturity of such obligation shall be the date of the last payment
of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the
lessee without payment of a penalty. The principal amount of Debt represented by such obligation shall be the capitalised
amount thereof that would appear on the face of a statement of financial position of such person in accordance with IFRS.

 

    - 2 -

     

    

 

“Capital Stock” of any person means
any and all shares, interests, participation or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock or other equity participation,
including partnership interests, whether general or limited, of such person.

 

“Cash Equivalents” has the meaning
given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Change of Control” means:

 

		(a)	any person or group of persons acting in concert (other than Kinnevik AB or its Related Parties) gains direct or indirect control
of the Company. For the purposes of this definition:

 

		(i)	“control” of the Company means the power (whether by way of ownership of shares, proxy, contract, agency
or otherwise) to cast, or control the casting of, more than 50 per cent. of the maximum number of votes that might be cast at a
general meeting of the Company; and

 

		(ii)	“acting in concert” means, a group of persons who, pursuant to an agreement or understanding (whether formal
or informal), actively cooperate, through the acquisition directly or indirectly of shares in the Company by any of them, either
directly or indirectly, to obtain or consolidate control of the Company.

 

		(b)	the direct or indirect sale, leasing, transfer, conveyance or other disposition (other than by way of a Merger) of all or substantially
all of the properties or assets of the Group, whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions; or

 

		(c)	the adoption of a plan relating to the liquidation, winding-up or dissolution of the Company.

 

“Code” means the US Internal Revenue
Code of 1986.

 

“Commitment” means:

 

		(a)	in relation to an Original Lender, the amount set opposite its name under the heading “Commitment” in Part II of
Schedule 1 (The Original Parties) and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed
by it in accordance with Clause 2.2 (Increase); and

 

		(b)	in relation to any other Lender, the amount of any Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement or assumed by it in accordance
with Clause 2.2 (Increase),

 

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred
by it under this Agreement.

 

“Compliance Certificate” means
a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 8 (Form of Compliance Certificate).

 

    - 3 -

     

    

 

“Confidential Information” means
all information relating to the Company, any Obligor, the Group, the Finance Documents or the Facility of which a Finance Party
becomes aware in its capacity as, or for the purpose of becoming, a Finance Party or which is received by a Finance Party in relation
to, or for the purpose of becoming a Finance Party under, the Finance Documents or the Facility from either:

 

		(a)	any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

		(b)	another Finance Party, if the information was obtained by that Finance Party directly or indirectly from any member of the
Group or any of its advisers,

 

in whatever form, and includes information given orally
and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information which contains or is derived or copied
from such information but excludes information that:

 

		(i)	is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by that Finance Party of Clause 35
(Confidentiality); or

 

		(ii)	is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by any member of the Group or any of its advisers; or

 

		(iii)	is known by that Finance Party before the date the information is disclosed to it in accordance with paragraphs (a) or (b)
above or is lawfully obtained by that Finance Party after that date, from a source which is, as far as that Finance Party is aware,
unconnected with the Group and which, in either case, as far as that Finance Party is aware, has not been obtained in breach of,
and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality; or

 

		(iv)	is a Reference Bank Quotation.

 

“Confidentiality Undertaking” means
a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a recommended form of the LMA as set out in Schedule 9 (LMA Form of Confidentiality
Undertaking) or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” has the meaning
given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Consolidated Net Debt” has the
meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Cross Acceleration” means any
Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is cancelled, or declared to be or otherwise becomes due and payable prior to its
specified maturity as a result of an event of default (however described).

 

“Cross Payment Default” means any
event of default (howsoever described) arising from a failure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to pay any Debt when due
or within any originally applicable grace period.

 

    - 4 -

     

    

 

“CTA” means the Corporation Tax
Act 2009.

 

“Debt” means (without duplication),
with respect to any person, whether recourse is to all or a portion of the assets of such person and whether or not contingent:

 

		(a)	the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such person for money borrowed;

 

		(b)	the principal of and premium, if any, in respect of every obligation of such person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or
other similar instruments, including obligations incurred in connection with the acquisition of property, assets or businesses;

 

		(c)	every reimbursement obligation of such person with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities
issued for the account of such person (but only to the extent such obligations are not reimbursed within 30 days following receipt
by such person of a demand for reimbursement);

 

		(d)	every obligation of such person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (including securities
repurchase agreements but excluding trade accounts payable or accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business and
excluding purchase price holdbacks in respect of a portion of the purchase price of an asset to satisfy warranty or other unperformed
obligations of the applicable seller and, in connection with the purchase by any member of the Group of any business, any post-closing
payment adjustments to which the seller may become entitled to the extent such payment is determined by a final closing statement
of financial position or such payment depends on the performance of such business after the closing) where the deferred payment
is arranged primarily as a means of raising finance, which purchase price is due more than one year after the date of placing such
property in service or taking final delivery and title thereto;

 

		(e)	every Capital Lease Obligation of such person;

 

		(f)	all Redeemable Stock issued by such person;

 

		(g)	the net obligation of such person under Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements of such person; and

 

		(h)	every obligation of the type referred to in paragraphs (a) through (g) of another person and all dividends of another person
the payment of which, in either case, such person has guaranteed or is responsible or liable for, directly or indirectly, as obligor,
guarantor or otherwise.

 

The
 “amount” or “principal amount” of Debt at any time of determination as used herein
represented by (A) any Debt issued at a price that is less than the principal amount at maturity thereof, shall be the amount
of the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS, (B) any Redeemable Stock, shall be the maximum fixed
redemption or repurchase price in respect thereof and (C) any Debt that has been cash-collateralised, to the extent so cash
collateralised, shall be excluded from any calculation of Debt. Notwithstanding anything else to the contrary, for all
purposes under this Agreement, the amount of Debt incurred, repaid, redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by a member
of the Group shall equal the liability in respect thereof determined in accordance with IFRS and reflected on the
Company’s consolidated statement of financial position.

 

    - 5 -

     

    

 

The term “Debt” shall not include:

 

		(i)	obligations described in paragraphs (a), (b) or (h) of the first paragraph of this definition of Debt that are incurred by
a member of the Group (the “Proceeds Recipient”) and owed to a bank or other lending institution (the “On-Lend
Bank”) to facilitate the substantially concurrent on-lending of proceeds (the “Proceeds On-Loan”)
from Debt incurred by the Company or any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) as permitted by paragraph (a)
(Net Leverage Ratio) of Clause 20.2 (Financial condition) (the “Initial Debt”) to the extent (A)
the principal obligations in respect of the Proceeds On-Loan are secured by security over cash granted in favour of the On-Lend
Bank or any of its Affiliates in an amount not less than the principal amount of the Proceeds On-Loan, (B) the Proceeds On-Loan
is put in place substantially concurrently with a loan by any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) to the On-Lend
Bank (the “On-Lend Bank Borrowing”) pursuant to which the Proceeds Recipient is entitled to reduce the principal
amount of the Proceeds On-Loan by an amount equal to the principal amount of the On-Lend Bank Borrowing if a default or acceleration
occurs with respect to such On-Lend Bank Borrowing, or (C) the substantial risks and rewards of the Proceeds On- Loan are transferred,
using a synthetic instrument or any other arrangement or agreement, from the On-Lend Bank to any member of the Group (other than
the Proceeds Recipient) in exchange for an amount not less than (x) the amount of cash granted in favour of the On-Lend Bank or
any of its Affiliates, or (y) the outstanding amount of the On- Lend Bank Borrowing, as applicable, in each case as at the effective
date of such transfer;

 

		(ii)	any liability of the Company or any member of the Group (other than the Proceeds Recipient) attributable to a synthetic instrument
or any other arrangement or agreement described in paragraph (i)(C) above to the extent such obligation under the relevant instrument,
arrangement or agreement has not come due but is classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS and recorded as a
current liability on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial position;

 

		(iii)	any Restricted MFS Cash;

 

		(iv)	any liability of the Company attributable to a put option or similar instrument, arrangement or agreement entered into after
the date of this Agreement granted by the Company relating to an interest in any other entity, in each case to the extent such
option has not been exercised or such obligation under the relevant instrument, arrangement or agreement has not come due but is
classified as a financial liability in accordance with IFRS, and recorded as a current liability
on the Company’s consolidated statement of financial position;

 

    - 6 -

     

    

 

		(v)	any standby letter of credit, performance bond or surety bond provided by a member of the Group that is customary in the Permitted
Business to the extent such letters of credit or bonds are not drawn upon or, if and to the extent drawn upon, are honored in accordance
with their terms; and

 

		(vi)	any intercompany debt or other liability from the Company to Subsidiaries or from Subsidiaries to the Company.

 

“Default” means an Event of Default
or any event or circumstance specified in Clause 22 (Events of Default) which would (with the expiry of a grace period,
the giving of notice, the making of any determination under the Finance Documents or any combination of any of the foregoing) be
an Event of Default.

 

“Defaulting Lender” means any Lender:

 

		(a)	which has failed to make its participation in a Loan available (or has notified the Agent or the Company (which has notified
the Agent) that it will not make its participation in a Loan available) by the Utilisation Date of that Loan in accordance with
Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation);

 

		(b)	which has otherwise rescinded or repudiated a Finance Document;

 

		(c)	with respect to which an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing; or

 

		(d)	an Affiliate of which is a Defaulting Lender, 
	 	 
	 	unless, in the case of paragraph (a) above:

 

		(i)	its failure to pay is caused by:

 

		(A)	administrative or technical error; or

 

		(B)	a Disruption Event, and

 

payment is made within 5 Business Days of its due
date; or

 

		(ii)	the Lender is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

“Disclosed Investigation” means
any investigation by the International Commission against Impunity in Guatemala (“CICIG”), or by any governmental,
regulatory or law enforcement entities, of certain payments that were or may have been made by or on behalf of the Company’s
joint venture in Guatemala and the investigation into alleged illegal campaign financing announced by CICIG on July 14, 2017, and
any facts and circumstances relating thereto.

 

    - 7 -

     

    

 

“Disruption Event” means either
or both of:

 

		(a)	a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those financial markets which are, in each case, required
to operate in order for payments to be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions contemplated
by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties;
or

 

		(b)	the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical or systems-related nature) to the treasury
or payments operations of a Party preventing that, or any other Party:

 

		(i)	from performing its payment obligations under the Finance Documents; or

 

		(ii)	from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents,

 

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and
is beyond the control of, the Party whose operations are disrupted.

 

“Environmental Claim” means any
claim, proceeding or investigation by any person in respect of any Environmental Law.

 

“Environmental Law” means any applicable
law in any jurisdiction in which any member of the Group conducts business which relates to the pollution or protection of the
environment or harm to or the protection of human health or the health of animals or plants.

 

“Environmental Permits” means any
permit, licence, consent, approval and other authorisation and the filing of any notification, report or assessment required under
any Environmental Law for the operation of the business of any member of the Group conducted on or from the properties owned or
used by the relevant member of the Group.

 

“Event of Default” means any event
or circumstance specified as such in Clause 22 (Events of Default).

 

“Facility” means the term loan
facility made available under this Agreement as described in Clause 2 (The Facility).

 

“Facility Office” means the office
or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by
not less than five Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its obligations
under this Agreement.

 

“Fair Market Value” means, with
respect to any asset or property, the sale value that would be obtained in an arm’s length free market transaction between
an informed and willing seller under no compulsion to sell and an informed and willing buyer under no compulsion to buy, as determined
in good faith by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or responsible accounting or financial officer.

 

    - 8 -

     

    

 

“FATCA” means:

 

		(a)	sections 1471 to 1474 of the Code or any associated regulations or other official guidance;

 

		(b)	any treaty, law, regulation or other official guidance enacted in any other jurisdiction, or relating to an intergovernmental
agreement between the US and any other jurisdiction, which (in either case) facilitates the implementation of paragraph (a) above;
or

 

		(c)	any agreement pursuant to the implementation of paragraphs (a) or (b) above with the US Internal Revenue Service, the US government
or any governmental or taxation authority in any other jurisdiction.

 

“FATCA Application Date” means:

 

		(a)	in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments
of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014;

 

		(b)	in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(ii) of the Code (which relates to “gross
proceeds” from the disposition of property of a type that can produce interest from sources within the US), 1 January 2019;
or

 

		(c)	in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraphs (a)
or (b) above, 1 January 2019,

 

or, in each case, such other date from which such
payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA as a result of any change in FATCA after the date of
this Agreement.

 

“FATCA Deduction” means a deduction
or withholding from a payment under a Finance Document required by FATCA.

 

“FATCA Exempt Party” means a Party
that is entitled to receive payments free from any FATCA Deduction.

 

“Fee Letter” means any letter or
letters dated on or about the date of this Agreement between the Arrangers and the Company (or the Agent and the Company) setting
out any of the fees referred to in Clause 11 (Fees).

 

“Finance Document” means this Agreement,
any Fee Letter, any Accession Letter, any Resignation Letter and any other document designated as a “Finance Document”
by the Agent and the Company.

 

“Finance Party” means the Agent,
the Arrangers or a Lender.

 

“Financial Quarter” has the meaning
given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

    - 9 -

     

    

 

“Financial Year” has the meaning
given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Government Securities” has the
meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Group” means the Company and its
Subsidiaries for the time being.

 

“Holding Company” means, in relation
to a person, any other person in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

 

“IFRS” means international accounting
standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

 

“Impaired Agent” means the Agent
at any time when:

 

		(a)	it has failed to make (or has notified a Party that it will not make) a payment required to be made by it under the Finance
Documents by the due date for payment;

 

		(b)	the Agent otherwise rescinds or repudiates a Finance Document;

 

		(c)	(if the Agent is also a Lender) it is a Defaulting Lender under paragraph (a) or (b) of the definition of “Defaulting
Lender”; or

 

		(d)	an Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to the Agent;

 

unless, in the case of paragraph
(a) above:

 

		(i)	its failure to pay is caused by:

 

		(A)	administrative or technical error; or

 

		(B)	a Disruption Event; and

 

payment is made within five Business Days of its due
date; or

 

		(ii)	the Agent is disputing in good faith whether it is contractually obliged to make the payment in question.

 

“Increase Confirmation” means a
confirmation substantially in the form set out in Schedule 11 (Form of Increase Confirmation).

 

“Increase Lender” has the meaning
given to that term in Clause 2.2 (Increase). “Insolvency Event” in relation to a Finance Party means
that the Finance Party:

 

		(a)	is dissolved (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation or merger);

 

		(b)	becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts or fails or admits in writing its inability generally to pay its debts as they
become due;

 

    - 10 -

     

    

 

		(c)	makes a general assignment, arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors;

 

		(d)	institutes or has instituted against it, by a regulator, supervisor or any similar official with primary insolvency, rehabilitative
or regulatory jurisdiction over it in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organisation or the jurisdiction of its head or
home office, a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy or insolvency
law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation by it
or such regulator, supervisor or similar official;

 

		(e)	has instituted against it a proceeding seeking a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or any other relief under any bankruptcy
or insolvency law or other similar law affecting creditors’ rights, or a petition is presented for its winding-up or liquidation,
and, in the case of any such proceeding or petition instituted or presented against it, such proceeding or petition is instituted
or presented by a person or entity not described in paragraph (d) above and:

 

		(i)	results in a judgment of insolvency or bankruptcy or the entry of an order for relief or the making of an order for its winding-up
or liquidation; or

 

		(ii)	is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained in each case within 30 days of the institution or presentation thereof;

 

		(f)	has a resolution passed for its winding-up, official management or liquidation (other than pursuant to a consolidation, amalgamation
or merger);

 

		(g)	seeks or becomes subject to the appointment of an administrator, provisional liquidator, conservator, receiver, trustee, custodian
or other similar official for it or for all or substantially all its assets;

 

		(h)	has a secured party take possession of all or substantially all its assets or has a distress, execution, attachment, sequestration
or other legal process levied, enforced or sued on or against all or substantially all its assets and such secured party maintains
possession, or any such process is not dismissed, discharged, stayed or restrained, in each case within 30 days thereafter;

 

		(i)	causes or is subject to any event with respect to it which, under the applicable laws of any jurisdiction, has an analogous
effect to any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) to (h) above; or

 

		(j)	takes any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any of the foregoing acts.

 

“Intellectual Property” means:

 

		(a)	any patents, trade marks, service marks, designs, business names, copyrights, database rights, design rights, domain names,
moral rights, inventions, confidential information, knowhow and other intellectual property rights and interests (which may on
or after the date of this Agreement subsist), whether registered or unregistered; and

 

    - 11 -

     

    

 

		(b)	the benefit of all applications and rights to use such assets of each member of the Group (which may on or after the date of
this Agreement subsist).

 

“Interest Cover” has the meaning
given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Interest Period” means, in relation
to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each
period determined in accordance with Clause 8.3 (Default interest).

 

“Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price
Agreement” of any person means any forward contract, futures contract, swap, option or other financial agreement or arrangement
(including, without limitation, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements) relating to, or the value of which is dependent upon,
interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices or indices (excluding contracts for the purchase or sale of goods in
the ordinary course of business).

 

“Interpolated Screen Rate” means,
in relation to LIBOR for any Loan, the rate (rounded to the same number of decimal places as the two relevant Screen Rates) which
results from interpolating on a linear basis between:

 

		(a)	the applicable Screen Rate for the longest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which is less than the Interest
Period of that Loan; and

 

		(b)	the applicable Screen Rate for the shortest period (for which that Screen Rate is available) which exceeds the Interest Period
of that Loan,

 

each as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day
for the currency of that Loan.

 

“Investment” has the meaning given
to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“ITA” means the Income Tax Act
2007.

 

“Joint Venture” means any joint
venture entity, whether a company, unincorporated firm, undertaking, association, joint venture or partnership or any other entity.

 

“Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA”
has the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Lender” means:

 

		(a)	any Original Lender; and

 

		(b)	any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a Party as a Lender in accordance with Clause
2.2. (Increase) or Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders),

 

which in each case has not ceased to be a Lender in
accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

    - 12 -

     

    

 

“LIBOR” means, in relation to any
Loan:

 

		(a)	the applicable Screen Rate;

 

		(b)	(if no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan) the Interpolated Screen Rate for that Loan; or

 

		(c)	if:

 

		(i)	no Screen Rate is available for the currency of that Loan; or

 

		(ii)	no Screen Rate is available for the Interest Period of that Loan and it is not possible to calculate an Interpolated Screen
Rate for that Loan,

 

the Reference Bank Rate,

 

as of, in the case of paragraphs (a) and (c) above,
the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the currency of that Loan and for a period equal in length to the Interest Period of
that Loan and, if any such rate is below zero, LIBOR will be deemed to be zero.

 

“Lien” means, with respect to any
property or assets, any mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien, charge, encumbrance, priority or other security agreement or
preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever on or with respect to such property or assets (including, without limitation,
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

 

“LMA” means the Loan Market Association.

 

“Loan” means a loan made or to
be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding for the time being of that loan.

 

“Majority Lenders” means a Lender
or Lenders whose Commitments aggregate more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced
to zero, aggregated more than 662/3% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to the reduction).

 

“Mandatory Prepayment Event” means
any event of default, howsoever described, (other than a Cross Payment Default), taking into account any originally applicable
grace periods, which occurs under any agreement relating to any Debt of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

“Margin” means:

 

		(a)	from the first day of the Availability Period to (but excluding) the first anniversary thereof, 3 per cent. per annum.; and

 

		(b)	at any date thereafter, if:

 

		(i)	no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; and

 

		(ii)	Net Leverage Ratio in respect of the most recently completed Relevant Period is within a range set out below,

 

    - 13 -

     

    

 

then the Margin for each Loan will be the percentage
per annum set out below opposite that range:

 

	Net Leverage Ratio	Margin % per annum
	Less than 1.70:1	2.75
	Greater than or equal to 1.70:1	3.00

 

However:

 

		(i)	any decrease or increase in the Margin for a Loan shall take effect on the date (the “reset date”) which
is five Business Days after receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate for that Relevant Period pursuant to Clause 19.2
(Compliance Certificate);

 

		(ii)	within 3 Business Days after the reset date, the Agent shall notify the Borrowers of any increase or decrease in the Margin
for each Loan and any corresponding change to the amount payable at maturity in respect of that Loan;

 

		(iii)	if, following receipt by the Agent of the Compliance Certificate related to any Quarterly Report or audited consolidated financial
statements for any Financial Year, that Compliance Certificate does not confirm the basis for a reduced Margin, then paragraph
(b) of Clause 8.2 (Payment of interest) shall apply and the Margin for that Loan shall be the percentage per annum determined
using the table above and the revised Net Leverage Ratio calculated using the figures in that Compliance Certificate;

 

		(iv)	while an Event of Default is continuing, the Margin for each Loan shall be the highest percentage per annum set out above for
a Loan; and

 

		(v)	for the purpose of determining the Margin, Net Leverage Ratio and Relevant Period shall be determined in accordance with Clause
20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means
a material adverse effect on:

 

		(a)	the business, operations, assets, or financial condition of the Group taken as a whole;

 

		(b)	the ability of the Obligors (taken as a whole) to perform their obligations under the Finance Documents in any material respect;
or

 

		(c)	the validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents or the rights or remedies of any Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

“Material Company” means:

 

		(a)	an Obligor;

 

    - 14 -

     

    

 

		(b)	a Significant Subsidiary; or

 

		(c)	any other Subsidiaries which are not Significant Subsidiaries but where taken together, account for more than 10 per cent.
of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group or consolidated revenues of the Group, or whose assets, taken together, represent more
than 10 per cent. of the assets of the Group.

 

“Merger” means:

 

		(a)	an amalgamation, merger, consolidation of the Company with another person; or

 

		(b)	the direct or indirect conveyance, transfer, sale, leasing or otherwise disposal by the Company of all or substantially all
of its assets to any other person,

 

other than pursuant to a Permitted Reorganisation.

 

“Minority Shareholder Loan” has
the meaning given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Month” means a period starting
on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

 

		(a)	(subject to paragraph (c) below) if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end on the next
Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding
Business Day;

 

		(b)	if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that period is to end, that period shall end on
the last Business Day in that calendar month; and

 

		(c)	if an Interest Period begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month, that Interest Period shall end on the last Business
Day in the calendar month in which that Interest Period is to end.

 

The above rules will only apply to the last Month
of any period.

 

“Net Leverage Ratio” has the meaning
given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“New Lender” has the meaning given
to that term in Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders).

 

“Obligor” means a Borrower or the
Guarantor.

 

“Original Financial Statements”
means in relation to the Company, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the Financial Year ended 31 December
2017.

 

“Original Obligor” means an Original
Borrower or the Guarantor.

 

    - 15 -

     

    

 

“Party” means a party to this Agreement.

 

“Permitted Business” means:

 

		(a)	any business, services or activities engaged in by the Company or any member of the Group on the date of this Agreement; and

 

		(b)	any business, services and activities that are related, complementary, incidental, ancillary or similar to any of the foregoing,
or are extensions or developments thereof, including, without limitation, broadband internet, network-related services, cable television,
broadcast content, network neutral services, electronic transactional, financial and commercial services related to provision of
telephony or internet services.

 

“Permitted Discontinuance of Property Maintenance”
means the discontinuance of the operation or maintenance of the properties of any member of the Group if such discontinuance is,
in the Company’s judgment, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of such member of the Group, and will
not have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

“Permitted Disposal” means:

 

		(a)	any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal:

 

		(i)	of any asset for which an agreement to effect such sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal was entered into prior
to the date of this Agreement and disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

		(ii)	of damaged, worn-out, obsolete or redundant assets for fair value;

 

		(iii)	of any asset by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of trading;

 

		(iv)	of any asset by a member of the Group to another member of the Group;

 

		(v)	of any asset in exchange for other assets comparable or superior as to type, value and quality;

 

		(vi)	of Cash Equivalents for cash or in exchange for other Cash Equivalents;

 

		(vii)	of any asset constituted by a licence of intellectual property rights permitted by Clause 21.18 (Intellectual Property);

 

		(viii)	of any asset to a Joint Venture, to the extent permitted by Clause 21.9 (Joint Ventures); or

 

		(ix)	arising as a result of any Permitted Lien;

 

		(x)	of assets which are seized, expropriated or acquired by compulsory purchase by or by the order of any central or local government
authority;

 

    - 16 -

     

    

 

 

		(b)	any Specified Subsidiary Sale;

 

		(c)	the disposal of Capital Stock of the Company held by the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company;

 

		(d)	the disposal of any asset at Fair Market Value, provided that the proceeds of such disposal are:

 

		(i)	reinvested in assets to be used for the business of the Group as soon as reasonably practicable, but in any event within six
months of receipt; and

 

		(ii)	certified by the Chief Financial Officer of the Company as having been so reinvested in the next Compliance Certificate delivered
to the Agent following the expiry of the relevant six month period.

 

		(e)	any sale, lease, licence, transfer or other disposal of assets for cash where the higher of the book value and net consideration
receivable (when aggregated with the higher of the book value and net consideration receivable for any other sale, lease, licence,
transfer or other disposal) does not exceed US$ 150,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in total during
the term of this Agreement and does not exceed US$ 75,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) in any Financial
Year of the Company; and

 

		(f)	the disposal of up to 25 per cent. of the outstanding ordinary shares or other Capital Stock of any of the Subsidiaries of
the Company organised or operating in Tanzania in a public offering and listing on the Dar es Salaam Stock Exchange or any other
exchange approved by the Company;

 

		(g)	any disposal made with the prior written consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders.

 

“Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity
Price Agreement” means any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement entered into with one or more financial
institutions in the ordinary course of business that is designed to protect against fluctuations in interest rates or currency
exchange rates and which shall have a notional amount no greater than the payments due with respect to the Debt being hedged thereby,
or in the case of currency or commodity protection agreements against currency exchange or commodity price fluctuations in the
ordinary course of business relating to then existing financial obligations and not for purposes of speculation.

 

“Permitted Joint Venture” means
any Joint Venture where:

 

		(a)	the Joint Venture is incorporated, or established, and carries on its principle business in a jurisdiction and territory that
is not a Sanctioned Country;

 

		(b)	the Joint Venture is engaged in a business substantially the same as that carried on by the Group; and

 

    - 17 -

     

    

 

		(c)	in any Financial Year of the Company, the aggregate of:

 

		(i)	the contingent liabilities of any member of the Group under any guarantee given in respect of the liabilities of any Joint
Venture; and

 

		(ii)	the net book value of any assets transferred by any member of the Group to any Joint Venture,

 

does not exceed US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in
any other currency or currencies).

 

“Permitted Lien” means:

 

		(a)	Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges, or levies on the property of any member of the Group if the same shall
not at the time be delinquent or thereafter can be paid without penalty, or are being contested in good faith and by appropriate
proceeds promptly instituted and diligently concluded, provided that any reserve or other appropriate provision that shall
be required in conformity with IFRS shall have been made therefor;

 

		(b)	Liens imposed by law, such as statutory Liens of landlords’, carriers’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s,
construction, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens and other similar Liens, on the property of any member of the Group
arising in the ordinary course of trading or Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law business relating to
attorneys’ liens or bankers’ liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other
funds maintained with a creditor depositary institution;

 

		(c)	Liens on the property of any member of the Group incurred in the ordinary course of business
                                                               to secure performance of obligations with respect to statutory
or regulatory requirements, performance bids, trade contracts, letters of credit, performance or return-of-money bonds, surety
bonds or other obligations of a like nature and incurred in a manner consistent with industry practice, in each case which are
not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, the obtaining of advances or credit or the payment of the deferred purchase
price of property and which do not in the aggregate impair in any material respect the use of property in the operation of the
business of the Group taken as a whole;

 

		(d)	Liens on property at the time a member of the Group acquired such property and Liens incurred in anticipation of or in connection
with the transaction pursuant to which such property was acquired by a member of the Group, including any acquisition by means
of a merger or consolidation; provided, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property of the relevant
member of the Group;

 

		(e)	Liens on the property or the Capital Stock of a person at the time such person becomes a member of the Group; provided,
however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property or Capital Stock of any member of the Group that is not a
direct, or, prior to such time, indirect Subsidiary of such person; provided further, however, that any such Lien was not
incurred in anticipation of
or in connection with the transaction or series of transactions pursuant to which such person became a member of the Group;

 

    - 18 -

     

    

 

		(f)	pledges or deposits by any member of the Group under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar
legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Debt) or leases
to which any member of the Group is party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of a member of the Group or deposits
for the payment of rent, in each case incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(g)	utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally
existing with respect to properties of a similar character;

 

		(h)	any provision for the retention of title to any property by the vendor or transferor of such property which property is acquired
by a member of the Group in a transaction entered into in the ordinary course of business of the relevant member of the Group and
for which kind of transaction it is customary market practice for such retention of title provision to be included;

 

		(i)	Liens arising by means of any judgment, decree or order of any court, to the extent not otherwise resulting in a Default, so
long as any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment, decree or order have
not been fully terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired and any Liens that are required
to protect or enforce rights in any administrative, arbitration or other court proceeding in the ordinary course of business;

 

		(j)	any Lien securing Debt incurred under any Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement;

 

		(k)	any Lien securing Acquired Debt;

 

		(l)	mortgages, liens, security interests, restrictions, encumbrances or any other matters of record that have been placed by any
developer, landlord or other third party on property over which a member of the Group has easement rights or on any real property
leased by any member of the Group or similar agreements relating thereto, and any condemnation or eminent domain proceedings or
compulsory purchase order affecting real property;

 

		(m)	Liens existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement;

 

		(n)	Liens in favour of the Company;

 

		(o)	Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof, or other deposits, to secure insurance premium financings in respect
of the Group;

 

		(p)	Liens arising from financing statement filings (or other similar filings in any applicable jurisdiction) regarding operating
leases entered into by any member of the Group in the ordinary course of business;

 

    - 19 -

     

    

 

		(q)	Liens on goods (and the proceeds thereof) and documents of title and the property covered thereby securing Debt in respect
of commercial letters of credit issued to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or other goods;

 

		(r)	Liens on the property of a member of the Group to replace in whole or in part, any Lien described in the foregoing paragraphs
(a) through (q); provided that any such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets (plus improvements,
accessions, proceeds or dividends or distributions in respect thereof) that secured (or, under the written arrangements under which
the original Lien arose, could secure) the Debt being refinanced or in respect of property that is the security for a Permitted
Lien hereunder;

 

		(s)	Liens on any escrow account used in connection with pre-funding a refinancing of Debt otherwise permitted under this Agreement;

 

		(t)	Liens on any member of the Group’s deposits in favor of financial institutions arising from any netting or set-off arrangement
substantially consistent with its current practice for the purpose of netting debt and credit balances substantially consistent
with the Group’s existing cash pooling arrangements;

 

		(u)	Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business of any member of the Group with respect to obligations that do not exceed
the greater of US$ 150,000,000 or 3% of the consolidated net assets of the Company (being the total assets shown on the consolidated
financial statements of the Company most recently delivered to the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement, less all goodwill, patents,
trade names, trademarks, copyrights, franchises, experimental expenses, organization expenses and any other amounts classified
as intangible assets in accordance with IFRS) at any one time outstanding and that do not in the aggregate materially detract from
the value of the property of the Company, or materially impair the use thereof in the operation of business by the Group;

 

		(v)	Liens over cash or other assets that secure collateralised obligations described in paragraph (a) of the third paragraph of
the definition of Debt; provided that the amount of cash collateral does not exceed the principal amount of the Proceeds
On-Loan;

 

		(w)	any Lien securing debt incurred by one or more Subsidiaries of the Company organised or incorporated in Tanzania or Zanzibar
in a principal amount of up to US$300,000,000 to finance the operations of any member of the Group in Tanzania, provided that
such debt is not guaranteed or secured by a member of the Group other than (i) a member of the Group organised or incorporated
in Tanzania or Zanzibar; or (ii) in respect of share security only, the immediate Holding Company of the relevant member of the
Group organised or incorporated in Tanzania or Zanzibar;

 

		(x)	Liens over cash or other assets that secure letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances or similar facilities; and

 

		(y)	Liens on Restricted MFS Cash in favour of the customers or dealers of, or third parties in relation to, one or more member
of the Group engaged in the provision of mobile financial
services, in each case who provided such Restricted MFS Cash to the relevant member of the Group.

 

    - 20 -

     

    

 

“Permitted Loan” means:

 

		(a)	any loan made by any member of the Group with the prior written consent of the Agent acting on the instructions of the Majority
Lenders;

 

		(b)	any loan or credit existing on the date of this Agreement and disclosed in writing to the Agent prior to the date of this Agreement,
or any replacement loan or credit between the same parties and on substantially the same terms and for an amount not exceeding
the original loan or credit;

 

		(c)	any loan made by an Obligor to a member of the Group to distribute the proceeds of Debt incurred pursuant to this Agreement;

 

		(d)	any loan made by an Obligor to another Obligor or made by a member of the Group which is not an Obligor to another member of
the Group;

 

		(e)	any loan made by an Obligor to a member of the Group which is not an Obligor so long as the aggregate amount of the Debt under
any such loans does not exceed US$ 200,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time;

 

		(f)	any loan made to another member of the Group pursuant to any cash pooling arrangement;

 

		(g)	any loan or credit constituted by a member of the Group deferring purchase consideration due to it on the disposal of an asset,
provided that the relevant disposal is a Permitted Disposal;

 

		(h)	any loan, credit or trade credit extended by any member of the Group to its customers on normal commercial terms and in the
ordinary course of its trading activities;

 

		(i)	any advance payment made in relation to capital expenditure in the ordinary course of day to day business;

 

		(j)	any loan made for the purposes of enabling an Obligor to meet its payment obligations under the Finance Documents, provided
the relevant Obligor does not (or does not reasonably expect to) otherwise have sufficient cash available to meet such payment
obligations;

 

		(k)	any loan made by a member of the Group to an employee or director of any member of the Group if the amount of that loan, when
aggregated with the amount of all loans to employees and directors by members of the Group, does not exceed US$ 25,000,000 (or
its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time;

 

		(l)	any loan to a Permitted Joint Venture which is not otherwise prohibited by the terms of this
                                                               Agreement if the principal amount of that loan, when aggregated with the principal amount of all other such loans to
                                                               Permitted Joint Ventures, does not exceed
US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time;

 

    - 21 -

     

    

 

		(m)	any credit balance held in the ordinary course of day to day business with a bank or financial institution;

 

		(n)	any loan made by the Company to Cable Onda, S.A. and any of its Subsidiaries (the “Cable Onda Group”) for
the purposes of refinancing Debt of any member of the Cable Onda Group provided the aggregate principal amount of Debt under all
such loans to the Cable Onda Group does not exceed US$ 300,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any
time;

 

		(o)	any loan or extension of credit described in the third paragraph of the definition of Debt; and

 

		(p)	any other loan or extension of credit not permitted under paragraphs (a) to (n) above provided the aggregate principal amount
of Debt under all such loans does not exceed US$ 25,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) at any time.

 

“Permitted Reorganisation” means
an amalgamation, merger, consolidation, corporate reconstruction, or reorganisation involving the Company where the entity formed
by or surviving such amalgamation, merger, consolidation, corporate reconstruction, or reorganisation is the Company.

 

“Permitted Tax Non-Payment” means
a non-payment or non-discharge in respect of any tax, assessment or charge which, on the date of determination, is not delinquent
or thereafter can be paid without penalty or whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate
proceedings and for which adequate reserves (if required in accordance with IFRS) have been established.

 

“Proceeds On-Loan” has the meaning
given to that term in the definition of “Debt”.

 

“Quarter Date” has the meaning
given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Quarterly Report” means a report
containing the following information:

 

		(a)	the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position of the Company as at the end of the most recent Financial
Quarter and unaudited condensed consolidated income statements and statements of cash flow of the Company for the most recent Financial
Quarter and year to date periods ending on the unaudited condensed consolidated statement of financial position date and the comparable
prior period (as determined by the IFRS standard on preparation of interim condensed consolidated financial statements); and

 

		(b)	a copy of the related operating and financial review included in the quarterly earnings release of the Company for the applicable
Financial Quarter.

 

    - 22 -

     

    

 

“Quotation
Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined two Business Days before the
first day of that period, unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency, in which case the
Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank
Market (and if quotations would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant Interbank Market on more than one day, the
Quotation Day will be the last of those days).

 

“Redeemable Stock” of any person
means any Capital Stock of such person that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which
it is exchangeable) or otherwise (including upon the occurrence of an event) matures or is required to be redeemed (pursuant to
any sinking fund obligation or otherwise) or is convertible into or exchangeable for Debt or is redeemable at the option of the
holder thereof, in whole or in part, at any time prior to the Termination Date.

 

“Reference Bank Quotation” means
any quotation supplied to the Agent by a Reference Bank.

 

“Reference Bank Rate” means the
arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference
Banks as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could borrow funds in the London interbank market in dollars and for the
relevant period, were it to do so by asking for and then accepting interbank offers for deposits in reasonable market size in dollars
and for that period.

 

“Reference Banks” means such banks
as may be appointed by the Agent in consultation with the Company (provided that any such bank has consented to be a Reference
Bank for the purposes of this Agreement).

 

“Regulation” means the Regulation
(EU) 2015/848 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 20 May 2015 on insolvency proceedings (recast).

 

“Related Fund” in relation to a
fund (the “first fund”), means a fund which is managed or advised by the same investment manager or investment
adviser as the first fund or, if it is managed by a different investment manager or investment adviser, a fund whose investment
manager or investment adviser is an Affiliate of the investment manager or investment adviser of the first fund.

 

“Related Parties” means:

 

		(a)	any controlling stockholder, partner or member of Kinnevik AB;

 

		(b)	any Subsidiary of Kinnevik AB; and

 

		(c)	any trust, corporation, partnership or other entity in respect of which Kinnevik AB and/or the persons described in paragraphs
(a) and (b) above are the beneficiaries, stockholders, partners, owners or persons beneficially owning a majority or a controlling
interest.

 

“Relevant Interbank Market” means
the London interbank market.

 

“Relevant
Nominating Body” means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or
any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial
Stability Board.

 

    - 23 -

     

    

 

“Relevant Period” has the meaning
given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Repeating Representations” means
each of the representations set out in Clauses 18.1 (Status) to 18.7 (Insolvency), Clause 18.10 (No default),
paragraph (c) of Clause 18.12 (Financial statements), 18.17 (Anti-corruption law) and 18.18 (Sanctions).

 

“Replacement Benchmark” means a
benchmark rate which is:

 

		(a)	formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

 

		(i)	the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the
same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

 

		(ii)	any Relevant Nominating Body,

 

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been
formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement
under paragraph (ii) above;

 

		(b)	in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated
loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

 

		(c)	in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Company, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

 

“Representative” means any delegate,
agent, manager, administrator, nominee, attorney, trustee or custodian.

 

“Resignation Letter” means a letter
substantially in the form set out in Schedule 7 (Form of Resignation Letter).

 

“Restricted Cash” has the meaning
given to that term in Clause 20.1 (Financial definitions).

 

“Restricted MFS Cash” means, as
of any date of determination, an amount equal to any cash paid in or deposited by or held on behalf of any customer or dealer of,
or any other third party in relation to, one or more member of the Group engaged in the provision of mobile financial services
and designated as “restricted cash” on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Company, together with
any interest thereon.

 

    - 24 -

     

    

 

“Sanctioned Country” means a country
or territory which is subject to general, country wide trade, economic or financial sanctions or embargoes imposed, administered
or enforced by:

 

		(a)	the United States of America (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and the
U.S. Department of State);

 

		(b)	the United Nations;

 

		(c)	the European Union;

 

		(d)	Her Majesty’s Treasury, and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office of the United Kingdom;

 

		(e)	the Canadian Ministry for Foreign Affairs; or

 

		(f)	any other relevant authority having jurisdiction over a Finance Party or a member of the Group.

 

“Sanctions” means any economic
or financial sanctions, trade embargoes, laws, regulations or restrictive measures imposed, administered or enforced from time
to time by:

 

		(a)	the United States of America (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and the
U.S. Department of State);

 

		(b)	the United Nations;

 

		(c)	the European Union;

 

		(d)	Her Majesty’s Treasury, and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office of the United Kingdom;

 

		(e)	the Canadian Ministry for Foreign Affairs; or

 

		(f)	any other relevant authority.

 

“Sanctions List” means any of the
lists of specific designated nations, sectoral sanctions or designated persons or entities (or equivalent) held by:

 

		(a)	the United States of America (including the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, and the
U.S. Department of State);

 

		(b)	the United Nations;

 

		(c)	the European Union;

 

		(d)	Her Majesty’s Treasury, and the Foreign and Commonwealth Office of the United Kingdom;

 

		(e)	the Canadian Ministry for Foreign Affairs; or

 

    - 25 -

     

    

 

		(f)	any other relevant authority having jurisdiction over a Finance Party or a member of the Group;

 

each as amended, supplemented or substituted from
time to time.

 

“Screen Rate” means the dollar
London interbank offered rate administered by ICE Benchmark Administration Limited (or any other person which takes over the administration
of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page LIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters
page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time
to time in place of Thomson Reuters. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or service
displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

 

“Securities Act” means the United
States Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time and the rules and regulations promulgated pursuant thereto.

 

“Security” means a mortgage, charge,
pledge, lien or other security interest securing any obligation of any person or any other agreement or arrangement having a similar
effect.

 

“Selection Notice” means a notice
substantially in the form set out in Part II of Schedule 3 (Requests) given in accordance with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means
a Subsidiary of the Company:

 

		(a)	which accounts for more than 10 per cent. of the Consolidated EBITDA of the Group or consolidated revenues of the Group; or

 

		(b)	whose assets represent more than 10 per cent. of the assets of the Group.

 

“Specified Subsidiary Sale” means
the sale, transfer or other disposition of all of the Capital Stock, or all of the assets or properties of, (a) any entity, the
primary purpose of which is to own Tower Equipment located in any market in which any member of the Group operates; (b) any person
which operates any member of the Group’s mobile financial services business; (c) Latin America Internet Holding GmbH; or
(d) Africa Internet Holding GmbH.

 

“Specified Time” means a time determined
in accordance with Schedule 10 (Timetables).

 

“Subsidiary” means in respect of
any person:

 

		(a)	any corporation in which it or one or more of its Subsidiaries directly or indirectly owns more than 50 per cent. of the combined
voting power of the outstanding voting stock; or

 

		(b)	any other entity in which it or one or more of its Subsidiaries:

 

		(i)	directly or indirectly has majority ownership, but only to the extent such majority ownership results in an entitlement to
the majority of the profits generated by that entity; or

 

    - 26 -

     

    

 

		(ii)	has the power to direct the policies, management and affairs thereof.

 

“Tax” means any tax, levy, impost,
duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure
to pay or any delay in paying any of the same).

 

“Termination Date” means the date
falling 60 months from the date of this Agreement.

 

“Total Commitments” means the aggregate
of the Commitments, being US$ 300,000,000 at the date of this Agreement.

 

“Tower Equipment” means passive
infrastructure related to telecommunications services, excluding telecommunications equipment, but including, without limitation,
towers (including tower lights and lightning rods), power breakers, deep cycle batteries, generators, voltage regulators, main
AC power, rooftop masts, cable ladders, grounding, walls and fences, access roads, shelters, air conditioners and BTS batteries
owned by any member of the Group.

 

“Transfer Certificate” means a
certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 4 (Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between
the Agent and the Company.

 

“Transfer Date” means, in relation
to an assignment or a transfer, the later of:

 

		(a)	the proposed Transfer Date specified in the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate; and

 

		(b)	the date on which the Agent executes the relevant Assignment Agreement or Transfer Certificate.

 

“Unpaid Sum” means any sum due
and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

“US Tax Obligor” means:

 

		(a)	a Borrower which is resident for tax purposes in the United States of America; or

 

		(b)	an Obligor some or all of whose payments under the Finance Documents are from sources within the United States for US federal
income tax purposes.

 

“Utilisation” means a utilisation
of the Facility.

 

“Utilisation Date” means the date
of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan is to be made.

 

“Utilisation Request” means a notice
substantially in the form set out in Part I Schedule 3 (Requests).

 

    - 27 -

     

    

 

“VAT” means:

 

		(a)	any tax imposed in compliance with the Council Directive of 28 November 2006 on the common system of value added tax (EC Directive
2006/112); and

 

		(b)	any other tax of a similar nature, whether imposed in a member state of the European Union in substitution for, or levied in
addition to, such tax referred to in paragraph (a) above, or imposed elsewhere.

 

		1.2	Construction

 

		(a)	Unless a contrary indication appears any reference in this Agreement to:

 

		(i)	the “Agent”, the “Arranger”, any “Finance Party”, any “Lender”,
any “Obligor” or any “Party” shall be construed so as to include its successors in title,
permitted assigns and permitted transferees;

 

		(ii)	“assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every description;

 

		(iii)	a “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument is a reference to that Finance Document or other
agreement or instrument as amended, novated, supplemented, extended, replaced or restated;

 

		(iv)	“indebtedness” includes any obligation (whether incurred as principal or as surety) for the payment or repayment
of money, whether present or future, actual or contingent;

 

		(v)	a “person” includes any individual, firm, company, corporation, government, state or agency of a state or
any association, trust, joint venture, consortium or partnership (whether or not having separate legal personality);

 

		(vi)	a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or guideline (whether or not having
the force of law) of any governmental, intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or of any regulatory, self-regulatory
or other authority or organisation;

 

		(vii)	a provision of law is a reference to that provision as amended or re-enacted; and

 

		(viii)	a time of day is a reference to London time.

 

		(b)	The determination of the extent to which a rate is “for a period equal in length” to an Interest Period
shall disregard any inconsistency arising from the last day of that Interest Period being determined pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement.

 

		(c)	Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.

 

		(d)	Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any notice given under or in connection
with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that Finance Document
or notice as in this Agreement.

 

    - 28 -

     

    

 

		(e)	A Default (other than an Event of Default) is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived and an
Event of Default is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or waived.

 

		(f)	A reference to Nordea Bank Abp or Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Sverige (or any of its other branches) shall be construed as a
reference to Nordea Bank Abp as a whole including its head office and all its branches.

 

		1.3	Currency Symbols and Definitions

 

		(a)	“US$, “$” and “dollars” denote the lawful currency of the United States
of America.

 

		1.4	Third party rights

 

		(a)	A person who is not a Party has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties
Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of this Agreement.

 

		(b)	Subject to paragraph (b) of Clause 34.2 (Exceptions) but otherwise notwithstanding any term of any Finance Document,
the consent of any person who is not a Party is not required to rescind or vary this Agreement at any time.

 

    - 29 -

     

    

 

SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

 

		2.	THE FACILITY

 

		2.1	The Facility

 

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders
make available to the Borrowers a dollar term loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.

 

		2.2	Increase

 

		(a)	The Company may by giving prior notice to the Agent by no later than the date falling five Business Days after the effective
date of a cancellation of:

 

		(i)	the Available Commitments of a Defaulting Lender in accordance with Clause 7.8 (Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting
Lender); or

 

		(ii)	the Commitments of a Lender in accordance with:

 

		(A)	Clause 7.1 (Illegality); or

 

		(B)	paragraph (a) of Clause 7.7 (Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender),

 

request that the Commitments relating to the Facility
be increased (and the Commitments relating to the Facility shall be so increased) in an aggregate amount of up to the amount of
the Available Commitments or Commitments relating to the Facility so cancelled as follows:

 

		(iii)	the increased Commitments will be assumed by one or more Lenders or other banks, financial institutions, trusts, funds or other
entities (each an “Increase Lender”) selected by the Company (each of which shall not be a member of the Group)
and each of which confirms in writing (whether in the relevant Increase Confirmation or otherwise) its willingness to assume and
does assume all the obligations of a Lender corresponding to that part of the increased Commitments which it is to assume, as if
it had been an Original Lender;

 

		(iv)	each of the Obligors and any Increase Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one
another as the Obligors and the Increase Lender would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

		(v)	each Increase Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and any Increase Lender and each of the other Finance Parties
shall assume obligations towards one another and acquire rights against one another as that Increase Lender and those Finance Parties
would have assumed and/or acquired had the Increase Lender been an Original Lender;

 

		(vi)	the Commitments of the other Lenders shall continue in full force and effect; and

 

    - 30 -

     

    

 

		(vii)	any increase in the Commitments relating to the Facility shall take effect on the date specified by the Company in the notice
referred to above or any later date on which the conditions set out in paragraph (b) below are satisfied.

 

		(b)	An increase in the Commitments relating to the Facility will only be effective on:

 

		(i)	the execution by the Agent of an Increase Confirmation from the relevant Increase Lender; and

 

		(ii)	in relation to an Increase Lender which is not a Lender immediately prior to the relevant increase the Agent being satisfied
that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and
regulations in relation to the assumption of the increased Commitments by that Increase Lender. The Agent shall promptly notify
the Company and the Increase Lender upon being so satisfied.

 

		(c)	Each Increase Lender, by executing the Increase Confirmation, confirms (for the avoidance of doubt) that the Agent has authority
to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite Lender or Lenders in accordance
with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the increase becomes effective.

 

		(d)	The Company shall, promptly on demand, pay the Agent the amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) reasonably
incurred by it in connection with any increase in Commitments under this Clause 2.2, in each case up to the limit of an amount
agreed by the Company and the Agent (provided that the Agent shall not be obliged to take any action pursuant to this Clause
2.2 in the absence of any such agreement).

 

		(e)	The Increase Lender shall, on the date upon which the increase takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee in
an amount equal to the fee which would be payable under Clause 23.3 (Assignment or transfer fee) if the increase was a transfer
pursuant to Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer) and if the Increase Lender was a New Lender.

 

		(f)	The Company may pay to the Increase Lender a fee in the amount and at the times agreed between the Company and the Increase
Lender in a letter between the Company and the Increase Lender setting out that fee. A reference in this Agreement to a Fee Letter
shall include any letter referred to in this paragraph.

 

		(g)	Clause 23.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders) shall apply mutatis mutandis in this Clause 2.2
in relation to an Increase Lender as if references in that Clause to:

 

		(i)	an “Existing Lender” were references to all the Lenders immediately prior to the relevant increase;

 

		(ii)	the “New Lender” were references to that “Increase Lender”; and

 

    - 31 -

     

    

 

		(iii)	a “re-transfer” and “re-assignment” were references to respectively a “transfer”
and “assignment”.

 

		2.3	Finance Parties’ rights and obligations

 

		(a)	The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a Finance Party to perform its obligations
under the Finance Documents does not affect the obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is
responsible for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.

 

		(b)	The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are separate and independent rights and
any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance Party from an Obligor is a separate and independent debt in respect of
which a Finance Party shall be entitled to enforce its rights in accordance with paragraph (c) below. The rights of each Finance
Party include any debt owing to that Finance Party under the Finance Documents and, for the avoidance of doubt, any part of a Loan
or other amount owed by an Obligor which relates to a Finance Party’s participation in the Facility or its role under a Finance
Document (including any such amount payable to the Agent on its behalf) is a debt owing to that Finance Party by the relevant Obligor.

 

		(c)	A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce its rights under the Finance Documents.

 

		3.	PURPOSE

 

		3.1	Purpose

 

Each Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by
it under the Facility towards the general corporate and working capital purpose of the Group (including financing any acquisitions,
licenses, capital expenditure and payment of dividends to the extent permitted under Clause 21.20 (Dividends)).

 

		3.2	Monitoring

 

No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the
application of any amount borrowed pursuant to this Agreement.

 

		4.	CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION

 

		4.1	Initial conditions precedent

 

		(a)	No Borrower may deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed
in Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Company
and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

 

		(b)	Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification
described in paragraph (a) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall not be liable for any
damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

    - 32 -

     

    

 

		4.2	Further conditions precedent

 

The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause
5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

 

		(a)	there is no breach of Clause 21.16 (Financial indebtedness);

 

		(b)	no Default is continuing or would result from the proposed Loan; and

 

		(c)	the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are true in all material respects.

 

		4.3	Maximum number of Loans

 

		(a)	A Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation the aggregate number of Loans outstanding
under the Facility would exceed 3.

 

		(b)	A Borrower may not request that a Loan be divided if, as a result of the proposed division, 3 or more Loans would be outstanding.

 

    - 33 -

     

    

 

SECTION 3

UTILISATION

 

		5.	UTILISATION - LOANS

 

		5.1	Delivery of a Utilisation Request

 

A Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to
the Agent of a duly completed Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.

 

		5.2	Completion of a Utilisation Request

 

		(a)	Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly completed unless:

 

		(i)	the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;

 

		(ii)	the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount); and

 

		(iii)	the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 9 (Interest Periods).

 

		(b)	Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.

 

		5.3	Currency and amount

 

		(a)	The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be dollars.

 

		(b)	The amount of the proposed Loan must be a minimum of US$ 10,000,000 or, if less, the Available Facility.

 

		5.4	Lenders’ participation

 

		(a)	If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its participation in each Loan available
by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.

 

		(b)	The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne by its Available Commitment
to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

 

		5.5	Lender Affiliates and Facility Office

 

		(a)	In respect of a Loan or Loans to a particular Borrower (“Designated Loans”) a Lender (a “Designating
Lender”) may at any time and from time to time designate (by written notice to the Agent and the Company):

 

		(i)	a substitute Facility Office from which it will make Designated Loans (a “Substitute Facility Office”);
or

 

		(ii)	nominate an Affiliate to act as the Lender of Designated Loans (a “Substitute Affiliate Lender”).

 

    - 34 -

     

    

 

		(b)	A notice to nominate a Substitute Affiliate Lender must be in the form set out in Schedule 12 (Form of Substitute Affiliate
Lender Designation Notice) and be countersigned by the relevant Substitute Affiliate Lender confirming it will be bound as
a Lender under this Agreement in respect of the Designated Loans in respect of which it acts as Lender.

 

		(c)	The Designating Lender will act as the representative of any Substitute Affiliate Lender it nominates for all administrative
purposes under this Agreement. The Obligors, the Agent and the other Finance Parties will be entitled to deal only with the Designating
Lender, except that payments will be made in respect of Designated Loans to the Facility Office of the Substitute Affiliate Lender.
In particular the Commitments of the Designating Lender will not be treated as reduced by the introduction of the Substitute Affiliate
Lender for voting purposes under this Agreement or the other Finance Documents.

 

		(d)	Save as mentioned in paragraph (c) above, a Substitute Affiliate Lender will be treated as a Lender for all purposes under
the Finance Documents and having a Commitment equal to the principal amount of all Designated Loans in which it is participating
if and for so long as it continues to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender under this Agreement.

 

		(e)	A Designating Lender may revoke its designation of an Affiliate as a Substitute Affiliate Lender by notice in writing to the
Agent and the Company provided that such notice may only take effect when there are no Designated Loans outstanding to the Substitute
Affiliate Lender. Upon such Substitute Affiliate Lender ceasing to be a Substitute Affiliate Lender the Designating Lender will
automatically assume (and be deemed to assume without further action by any Party) all rights and obligations previously vested
in the Substitute Affiliate Lender.

 

		(f)	If, as a result of the designation of a Substitute Facility Office or a Substitute Affiliate Lender, an Obligor would be obliged
to make a payment to the Designating Lender acting through its Substitute Facility Office or the Substitute Affiliate Lender under
Clause 12 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased costs), then the Designating Lender acting through
its Substitute Facility Office or the Substitute Affiliate Lender (as applicable) is only entitled to receive payment under those
Clauses to the same extent as the Designating Lender would have been if such designation had not occurred.

 

		5.6	Cancellation of Commitment

 

The Commitments which, at that time, are unutilised
shall be immediately cancelled at the end of the Availability Period.

 

    - 35 -

     

    

 

 

SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

		6.	REPAYMENT

 

		6.1	Repayment of Loans

 

		(a)	Each Borrower which has drawn a Loan shall repay that Loan on the Termination Date.

 

		(b)	The Borrowers may not reborrow any part of the Facility which is repaid.

 

		7.	PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

 

		7.1	Illegality

 

If, in any applicable jurisdiction, it becomes unlawful
for any Lender to perform any of its obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in
any Loan or it becomes unlawful for any Affiliate of a Lender for that Lender to do so:

 

		(a)	that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

		(b)	upon the Agent notifying the Company, the Commitment of that Lender will be immediately cancelled; and

 

		(c)	each Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans made to that Borrower on the last day of the Interest
Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Company or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the
notice delivered to the Agent (being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law) and that Lender’s
corresponding Commitment shall be cancelled in the amount of the participations repaid.

 

		7.2	Merger

 

		(a)	Prior to any Merger, the Company shall promptly, and in any event no later than 30 days prior to the completion of that Merger,
notify the Agent of the proposed Merger.

 

		(b)	If a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 20 days of the Company notifying the Agent of the Merger in accordance
with paragraph (a) above, the Agent shall, by not less than 3 days’ notice to the Company, cancel the Commitment of that
Lender and declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding Loans of that Lender or Affiliate of that Lender, together
with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, due and payable within 5 Business Days or, if
earlier, the Business Day preceding the date on which the Merger is completed, at which time the Commitment of that Lender will
be cancelled and all such outstanding amounts will become due and payable prior to the completion of the Merger.

 

    - 36 -

     

    

 

 

		7.3	Change of Control

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control:

 

		(a)	the Company shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;

 

		(b)	a Lender shall not be obliged to fund a Utilisation; and

 

		(c)	the Commitment of each Lender shall be immediately cancelled, and if a Lender so requires and notifies the Agent within 20
days of the Company notifying the Agent of the event, the Agent shall declare the participation of that Lender in all outstanding
Loans of that Lender or Affiliate of that Lender, together with accrued interest and all other amounts accrued under the Finance
Documents, to be due and payable not less than 20 days following the delivery of such notice by the Lender.

 

		7.4	Mandatory Prepayment Event

 

		(a)	Subject to paragraph (b) below, upon the occurrence of a Mandatory Prepayment Event, the Facility will immediately be cancelled
and all outstanding Utilisations, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued under the Finance Documents, shall
become immediately due and payable, and each Borrower shall prepay all outstanding amounts borrowed or otherwise payable by it
within three Business Days of that date.

 

		(b)	No cancellation shall occur and no prepayment shall be required to be made under paragraph (a) above, if:

 

		(i)	the aggregate amount of the Debt that is the subject of a Mandatory Prepayment Event, when aggregated with Debt that is the
subject of a Cross Payment Default and/or Cross Acceleration (without double counting), is less than US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent
in any other currency or currencies); or

 

		(ii)	the Mandatory Prepayment Event is waived by the Majority Lenders.

 

		7.5	Voluntary cancellation

 

The Company may, if it gives the Agent not less than
ten Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part
(being a minimum amount of US$ 10,000,000) of an Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause 7.5 shall reduce the Commitments
of the Lenders rateably under the Facility.

 

		7.6	Voluntary prepayment of Loans

 

The Borrower to which a
Loan has been made may, if it gives the Agent not less than ten Business Days’ (or such shorter period as the Majority
Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a Loan (but if in part, being an amount that reduces the
amount of the Loan by a minimum amount of US$ 10,000,000).

 

    - 37 -

     

    

 

		7.7	Right of replacement or repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

 

		(a)	If:

 

		(i)	any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under paragraph (c) of Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up);
or

 

		(ii)	any Lender claims indemnification from the Company under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) or Clause 13.1 (Increased costs);

 

the Company may, whilst the circumstance giving rise
to the requirement for that increase or indemnification continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that
Lender and its intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans or give the Agent notice of
its intention to replace that Lender in accordance with paragraph (d) below.

 

		(b)	On receipt of a notice of cancellation referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender shall immediately
be reduced to zero.

 

		(c)	On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Company has given notice of cancellation under paragraph (a) above
(or, if earlier, the date specified by the Company in that notice), each Borrower to which a Loan is outstanding shall repay that
Lender’s participation in that Loan.

 

		(d)	The Company may, in the circumstances set out in paragraph (a) above, on 15 Business Days’ prior notice to the Agent
and that Lender, replace that Lender by requiring that Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, that Lender shall) transfer
pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement
to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity selected by the Company which confirms its willingness
to assume and does assume all the obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders)
for a purchase price in cash or other cash payment payable at the time of the transfer equal to the outstanding principal amount
of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Loans and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given
a notification under Clause 23.9 (Pro rata interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto
under the Finance Documents.

 

		(e)	The replacement of a Lender pursuant to paragraph (d) above shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

		(i)	the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent in its capacity as agent of the Finance Parties;

 

		(ii)	neither the Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to find a replacement Lender;

 

    - 38 -

     

    

 

		(iii)	in no event shall the Lender replaced under paragraph (d) above be required to pay or surrender any of the fees received by
such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

		(iv)	the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (d) above once it is satisfied
that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and
regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

		(f)	A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (e)(iv) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery
of a notice referred to in paragraph (d) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied
with those checks.

 

		7.8	Right of cancellation in relation to a Defaulting Lender

 

		(a)	If any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Company may, at any time whilst the Lender continues to be a Defaulting Lender,
give the Agent at least 10 Business Days’ notice of cancellation of the Available Commitment of that Lender.

 

		(b)	On the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above becoming effective, the Available Commitment of the Defaulting Lender shall
immediately be reduced to zero.

 

		(c)	The Agent shall as soon as practicable after receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, notify all the Lenders.

 

		7.9	Restrictions

 

		(a)	Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 7 shall be irrevocable and, unless a contrary
indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to
be made and the amount of that cancellation or prepayment.

 

		(b)	Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the amount prepaid and, subject to any
Break Costs, without premium or penalty.

 

		(c)	No Borrower may reborrow any part of the Facility which is prepaid.

 

		(d)	The Borrowers shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part of the Commitments except at
the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this Agreement.

 

		(e)	Subject to Clause 2.2 (Increase), no amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently
reinstated.

 

		(f)	If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 7 it shall promptly forward a copy of that notice to either the Company or
the affected Lender, as appropriate.

 

    - 39 -

     

    

 

		(g)	If all or part of any Lender’s participation in a Loan is repaid or prepaid an amount of that Lender’s Commitment
(equal to the amount of the participation which is repaid or prepaid) will be deemed to be cancelled on the date of repayment or
prepayment. Any cancellation under this paragraph (g) shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the Facility.

 

    - 40 -

     

    

 

SECTION
5

COSTS
OF UTILISATION

 

		8.	INTEREST

 

		8.1	Calculation of interest

 

The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest
Period is the percentage rate per annum which is the aggregate of the applicable:

 

		(a)	Margin; and

 

		(b)	LIBOR.

 

		8.2	Payment of interest

 

		(a)	The Borrower to which a Loan has been made shall pay accrued interest on that Loan on the last day of each Interest Period
(and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six Monthly intervals after the first day of the
Interest Period).

 

		(b)	If the Compliance Certificate received by the Agent which relates to the relevant Quarterly Report or audited consolidated
financial statements for any Financial Year shows that a higher Margin should have applied during a certain period, then the Company
shall (or shall ensure the relevant Borrower shall) promptly pay to the Agent any amounts necessary to put the Agent and the Lenders
in the position they would have been in had the appropriate rate of the Margin applied during such period.

 

		8.3	Default interest

 

		(a)	If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date, interest shall accrue on the
overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment (both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to
paragraph (b) below, is one per cent per annum higher than the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during
the period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive Interest Periods, each of a
duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest accruing under this Clause 8.3 shall be immediately payable by
the Obligor on demand by the Agent.

 

		(b)	If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was not the last day of an Interest
Period relating to that Loan:

 

		(i)	the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to the unexpired portion of the current Interest
Period relating to that Loan; and

 

		(ii)	the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest Period shall be one per cent. per annum higher
than the rate which would have applied if the overdue amount had not become due.

 

    - 41 -

     

    

 

		(c)	Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue amount at the end of each Interest
Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain immediately due and payable.

 

		8.4	Notification of rates of interest

 

The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the
relevant Borrower of the determination of a rate of interest under this Agreement.

 

		9.	INTEREST PERIODS

 

		9.1	Selection of Interest Periods

 

		(a)	A Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for
that Loan or (if the Loan has already been borrowed) in a Selection Notice.

 

		(b)	Each Selection Notice for a Loan is irrevocable and must be delivered to the Agent by the Borrower (or the Company on behalf
of a Borrower) to which that Loan was made not later than the Specified Time.

 

		(c)	If a Borrower (or the Company) fails to deliver a Selection Notice to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above, the
relevant Interest Period will be three Months.

 

		(d)	Subject to this Clause 9, a Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) may select an Interest Period of one, three or
six Months or any other period agreed between the Company and the Agent (acting on the instructions of all the Lenders in relation
to the relevant Loan), provided that a Borrower (or the Company on behalf of a Borrower) shall not be permitted to select
an Interest Period of one Month more than 4 times in any calendar year.

 

		(e)	An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.

 

		(f)	Each Interest Period for a Loan shall start on the Utilisation Date or (if already made) on the last day of its preceding Interest
Period.

 

		9.2	Non-Business Days

 

If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day
which is not a Business Day, that Interest Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is
one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

		9.3	Consolidation and division of Loans

 

		(a)	Subject to paragraph (b) below, if two or more Interest Periods:

 

		(i)	relate to Loans made to the same Borrower; and

 

		(ii)	end on the same date,

 

    - 42 -

     

    

 

those Loans will, unless that Borrower (or the Company
on its behalf) specifies to the contrary in the Selection Notice for the next Interest Period, be consolidated into, and treated
as, a single Loan on the last day of the Interest Period.

 

		(b)	Subject to Clause 4.3 (Maximum number of Loans) and Clause 5.3 (Currency and amount), if a Borrower (or the Company
on its behalf) requests in a Selection Notice that a Loan be divided into two or more Loans, that Loan will, on the last day of
its Interest Period, be so divided into the amounts specified in that Selection Notice, being an aggregate amount equal to the
amount of the Loan immediately before its division.

 

		10.	CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST

 

		10.1	Absence of quotations

 

Subject to Clause 10.2 (Market disruption),
if LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a quotation by the Specified
Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.

 

		10.2	Market disruption

 

		(a)	If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the rate of interest on each Lender’s
share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

 

		(i)	the Margin; and

 

		(ii)	the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any event before interest is due to be paid in
respect of that Interest Period, to be that which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its
participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select.

 

		(b)	In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means:

 

		(i)	at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period LIBOR is to be determined by reference to the Reference
Banks and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the Agent to determine LIBOR for the relevant currency and
the relevant Interest Period; or

 

		(ii)	before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period, the Agent receives notifications
from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching
deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of LIBOR.

 

    - 43 -

     

    

 

		10.3	Alternative basis of interest or funding

 

		(a)	If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and the Company shall enter into negotiations
(for a period of not more than thirty days) with a view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

 

		(b)	Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of all the Lenders and the Company,
be binding on all Parties.

 

		10.4	Break Costs

 

		(a)	Each Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that Finance Party its Break Costs attributable
to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being paid by that Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for
that Loan or Unpaid Sum.

 

		(b)	Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount
of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they accrue.

 

		11.	FEES

 

		11.1	Commitment Fee

 

		(a)	The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in dollars on that Lender’s Available Commitment
computed at the following rates: (i) from the first day of the Availability Period to and including the date falling 30 days thereafter,
0.525 per cent. per annum, and (ii) from the date falling 31 days after the first day of the Availability Period to and including
the last day of the Availability Period, 1.05 per cent. per annum.

 

		(b)	The accrued commitment fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months which ends during the Availability
Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s
Commitment at the time the cancellation is effective.

 

		(c)	No commitment fee is payable to the Agent (for the account of a Lender) on any Available Commitment of that Lender for any
day on which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender.

 

		11.2	Upfront Fees

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for the account
of each Lender) an upfront fee in the amounts and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

		11.3	Agency fee

 

The Company shall pay to the Agent (for its own account)
an agency fee in the amount and at the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

 

    - 44 -

     

    

 

SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

 

		12.	TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES

 

		12.1	Definitions

 

		(a)	In this Agreement:

 

“Protected Party” means a Finance
Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a
sum received or receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a Finance Document.

 

“Tax Credit” means a credit against,
relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.

 

“Tax Deduction” means a deduction
or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment under a Finance Document, other than a FATCA Deduction.

 

“Tax Payment” means either the increase
in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 12.3 (Tax
indemnity).

 

		(b)	Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 12 a reference to “determines” or “determined”
means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the determination.

 

		12.2	Tax gross-up

 

		(a)	Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it without any Tax Deduction, unless a Tax Deduction is required by law.

 

		(b)	The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax Deduction (or that there is any change in the
rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware
in respect of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it shall notify the Company
and that Obligor.

 

		(c)	If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due from that Obligor shall be increased
to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction) leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction
had been required

 

		(d)	If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction and any payment required in connection
with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in the minimum amount required by law.

 

		(e)	Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor
making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for the Finance Party entitled to the payment a statement under section 975 of the ITA or other evidence
reasonably satisfactory to that Finance Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid
to the relevant taxing authority.

 

    - 45 -

     

    

 

		12.3	Tax indemnity

 

		(a)	The Company shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected Party an amount equal to the loss,
liability or cost which that Protected Party determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account
of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.

 

		(b)	Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

 

		(i)	with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

 

		(A)	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions)
in which that Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or

 

		(B)	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received
or receivable in that jurisdiction,

 

if that Tax is imposed on or calculated by reference
to the net income received or receivable (but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

 

		(ii)	to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

 

		(A)	is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up);

 

		(B)	relates to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party.

 

		(c)	A Protected Party making, or intending to make a claim under paragraph (a) above shall promptly notify the Agent of the event
which will give, or has given, rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall notify the Company.

 

		(d)	A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 12.3, notify the Agent.

 

		12.4	Tax Credit

 

If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant
Finance Party determines that:

 

		(a)	a Tax Credit is attributable to an increased payment of which that Tax Payment forms part, to that Tax Payment or to a Tax
Deduction in consequence of which that Tax Payment was required; and

 

		(b)	that Finance Party has obtained and utilised that Tax Credit, the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor
which that Finance Party determines will leave it (after that payment) in the same after-Tax position as it would have been in
had the Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.

 

    - 46 -

     

    

 

		12.5	Stamp taxes

 

The Company shall pay and, within three Business Days
of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp
duty, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any Finance Document.

 

		12.6	VAT

 

		(a)	All amounts expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute
the consideration for any supply for VAT purposes are deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on that supply, and
accordingly, subject to paragraph (b) below, if VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party to any Party
under a Finance Document and such Finance Party is required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT, that Party must
pay to such Finance Party (in addition to and at the same time as paying any other consideration for such supply) an amount equal
to the amount of the VAT (and such Finance Party must promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to that Party) or, where applicable,
directly account for such VAT at the appropriate rate under the reverse charge procedure provided for by the Council Directive
2006/112/EC on the common system of value added tax, as amended, and any relevant VAT provision of the jurisdiction in which the
Party receives such supply.

 

		(b)	If VAT is or becomes chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other Finance
Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party other than the Recipient (the “Relevant
Party”) is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration for that supply
to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse or indemnify the Recipient in respect of that consideration):

 

		(i)	(where the Supplier is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must also
pay to the Supplier (at the same time as paying that amount) an additional amount equal to the amount of the VAT. The Recipient
must (where this paragraph (i) applies) promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment the Recipient
receives from the relevant tax authority which the Recipient reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable on that supply;
and

 

		(ii)	(where the Recipient is the person required to account to the relevant tax authority for the VAT) the Relevant Party must promptly,
following demand from the Recipient, pay to the Recipient an amount equal to the VAT chargeable on that supply but only to the
extent that the Recipient reasonably determines that it is not entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant tax authority
in respect of that VAT.

 

    - 47 -

     

    

 

		(c)	Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse or indemnify a Finance Party for any cost or expense, that Party shall
reimburse or indemnify (as the case may be) such Finance Party for the full amount of such cost or expense, including such part
thereof as represents VAT, save to the extent that such Finance Party reasonably determines that it is entitled to credit or repayment
in respect of such VAT from the relevant tax authority.

 

		(d)	Any reference in this Clause 12.6 to any Party shall, at any time when such Party is treated as a member of a group for VAT
purposes, include (where appropriate and unless the context otherwise requires) a reference to the representative member of such
group at such time (the term “representative member” to have the same meaning as in the Value Added Tax Act 1994).

 

		(e)	In relation to any supply made by a Finance Party to any Party under a Finance Document, if reasonably requested by such Finance
Party, that Party must promptly provide such Finance Party with details of that Party’s VAT registration and such other information
as is reasonably requested in connection with such Finance Party’s VAT reporting requirements in relation to such supply.

 

		12.7	FATCA Information

 

		(a)	Subject to paragraph (c) below, each Party shall, within ten Business Days of a reasonable request by another Party:

 

		(i)	confirm to that other Party whether it is:

 

		(A)	a FATCA Exempt Party; or

 

		(B)	not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

		(ii)	supply to that other Party such forms, documentation and other information relating to its status under FATCA (including its
applicable “passthru payment percentage” or other information required under the US Treasury Regulations or other official
guidance including intergovernmental agreements) as that other Party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other Party’s
compliance with FATCA.

 

		(b)	If a Party confirms to another Party pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) above that it is a FATCA Exempt Party and it subsequently
becomes aware that it is not, or has ceased to be a FATCA Exempt Party, that Party shall notify that other Party reasonably promptly.

 

		(c)	Paragraph (a) above shall not oblige any Finance Party to do anything which would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute
a breach of:

 

		(i)	any law or regulation;

 

		(ii)	any fiduciary duty; or

 

		(iii)	any duty of confidentiality.

 

    - 48 -

     

    

 

		(d)	If a Party fails to confirm its status or to supply forms, documentation or other information requested in accordance with
paragraph (a) above (including, for the avoidance of doubt, where paragraph (c) above applies), then:

 

		(i)	if that Party failed to confirm whether it is (and/or remains) a FATCA Exempt Party then such Party shall be treated for the
purposes of the Finance Documents as if it is not a FATCA Exempt Party; and

 

		(ii)	if that Party failed to confirm its applicable “passthru payment percentage” then such Party shall be treated for
the purposes of the Finance Documents (and payments made thereunder) as if its applicable “passthru payment percentage”
is 100%,

 

until (in each case) such time as the Party in question
provides the requested confirmation, forms, documentation or other information.

 

		(e)	If a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor, or where the Agent reasonably believes that its obligations under FATCA require it, each
Lender shall, within ten Business Days of:

 

		(i)	where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is an Original Lender, the date of this Agreement;

 

		(ii)	where a Borrower is a US Tax Obligor and the relevant Lender is a New Lender, the relevant Transfer Date;

 

		(iii)	the date a new US Tax Obligor accedes as a Borrower; or

 

		(iv)	where the Borrower is not a US Tax Obligor, the date of a request from the Agent,

 

supply to the Agent:

 

		(v)	a withholding certificate on Form W-8 or Form W-9 (or any successor form) (as applicable); or

 

		(vi)	any withholding statement and other documentation, authorisations and waivers as the Agent may require to certify or establish
the status of such Lender under FATCA.

 

The Agent shall provide any withholding certificate,
withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers it receives from a Lender pursuant to this paragraph (e) to the
Borrower and shall be entitled to rely on any such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations
and waivers provided without further verification. The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection
with this paragraph (e).

 

		(f)	Each Lender agrees that if any withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation,
                                                               authorisations and waivers provided to the Agent pursuant to paragraph (e) above is or becomes materially inaccurate or
                                                               incomplete, it shall promptly update such withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and
                                                               waivers or promptly notify the Agent in writing of its legal inability to do so. The Agent shall
provide any such updated withholding certificate, withholding statement, documentation, authorisations and waivers to the Borrower.
The Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with this paragraph (f).

 

    - 49 -

     

    

 

		12.8	FATCA Deduction

 

		(a)	Each Party may make any FATCA Deduction it is required to make by FATCA, and any payment required in connection with that FATCA
Deduction, and no Party shall be required to increase any payment in respect of which it makes such a FATCA Deduction or otherwise
compensate the recipient of the payment for that FATCA Deduction.

 

		(b)	Each Party shall promptly, upon becoming aware that it must make a FATCA Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate
or the basis of such FATCA Deduction) notify the Party to whom it is making the payment and, in addition, shall notify the Company,
the Agent and the other Finance Parties.

 

		13.	INCREASED COSTS

 

		13.1	Increased costs

 

		(a)	Subject to Clause 13.3 (Exceptions) the Company shall, within three Business Days of a demand by the Agent, pay for
the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result
of:

 

		(i)	the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation after
the date of this Agreement;

 

		(ii)	compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement; or

 

		(iii)	the implementation or application of, or compliance with, Basel III or CRD IV or any law or regulation that implements or applies
Basel III or CRD IV, to the extent such Increased Costs were not capable of being calculated with sufficient accuracy prior to
the date of this Agreement.

 

		(b)	In this Agreement:

 

		(i)	“Increased Costs” means:

 

		(A)	a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or its Affiliate’s) overall capital;

 

		(B)	an additional or increased cost; or

 

		(C)	a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

 

    - 50 -

     

    

 

which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or
any of its Affiliates to the extent that it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding
or performing its obligations under any Finance Document; and

 

		(ii)	“Basel III” means:

 

		(A)	the agreements on capital requirements, a leverage ratio and liquidity standards contained in “Basel III: A global regulatory
framework for more resilient banks and banking systems”, “Basel III: International framework for liquidity risk measurement,
standards and monitoring” and “Guidance for national authorities operating the countercyclical capital buffer”
published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision in December 2010, each as amended, supplemented or restated;

 

		(B)	the rules for global systemically important banks contained in “Global systemically important banks: assessment methodology
and the additional loss absorbency requirement – Rules text” published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
in November 2011, as amended, supplemented or restated; and

 

		(C)	any further guidance or standards published by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision relating to “Basel III”;
and

 

		(iii)	“CRD IV” means:

 

		(A)	Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on prudential requirements for credit
institutions and investment firms; and

 

		(B)	Directive 2013/36/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 26 June 2013 on access to the activity of credit institutions
and the prudential supervision of credit institutions and investment firms, amending Directive 2002/87/EC and repealing Directives
2006/48/EC and 2006/49/EC.

 

		13.2	Increased cost claims

 

		(a)	A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) shall notify the Agent of the event
giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall promptly notify the Company.

 

		(b)	Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a certificate confirming the amount of
its Increased Costs.

 

    - 51 -

     

    

 

		13.3	Exceptions

 

		(a)	Clause 13.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

 

		(i)	attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;

 

		(ii)	attributable to a FATCA Deduction required to be made by a Party;

 

		(iii)	compensated for by Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated for under Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity)
but was not so compensated solely because any of the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 12.3 (Tax indemnity) applied);
or

 

		(iv)	attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates of any law or regulation.

 

		(b)	In this Clause 13.3, a reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term in Clause 12.1
(Definitions).

 

		14.	OTHER INDEMNITIES

 

		14.1	Currency indemnity

 

		(a)	If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment or award given
or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First Currency”) in which that Sum
is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the purpose of:

 

		(i)	making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor; or

 

		(ii)	obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation or arbitration proceedings,

 

that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within
three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability arising
out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from
the First Currency into the Second Currency and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt
of that Sum.

 

		(b)	Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the Finance Documents in a currency or
currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to be payable.

 

    - 52 -

     

    

 

		14.2	Other indemnities

 

The Company shall (or shall procure that an Obligor
will), within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that
Finance Party as a result of:

 

		(a)	the occurrence of any Event of Default;

 

		(b)	a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due and payable by such Obligor under a Finance Document on its due date, including
without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of Clause 27 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);

 

		(c)	funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by a Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not
made by reason of the operation of any one or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or negligence
by that Finance Party alone); or

 

		(d)	a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of prepayment given by a Borrower or the Company.

 

		14.3	Indemnity to the Agent

 

The Company shall promptly indemnify the Agent against:

 

		(a)	any cost, loss or liability incurred by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

 

		(i)	investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default, provided that the Agent shall provide the Company
with prior written notice thereof; or

 

		(ii)	acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately
authorised.

 

		15.	MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS

 

		15.1	Mitigation

 

		(a)	Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Company, take all reasonable steps to mitigate any circumstances which arise
and which would result in any amount becoming payable under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 7.1 (Illegality),
Clause 12 (Tax gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 13 (Increased costs) including (but not limited to) transferring
its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or Facility Office.

 

		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the Finance Documents.

 

    - 53 -

     

    

 

		15.2	Limitation of liability

 

		(a)	The Company shall promptly indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably incurred by that Finance Party
as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation).

 

		(b)	A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 15.1 (Mitigation) if, in the opinion of that Finance Party
(acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.

 

		16.	COSTS AND EXPENSES

 

		16.1	Transaction expenses

 

		(a)	Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Company shall promptly, and in any event within 30 Business Days of, written demand pay
the Agent and the Arranger the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees, up to the limit of an agreed
amount) reasonably incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing, execution and syndication
of:

 

		(i)	this Agreement and any other documents referred to in this Agreement; and

 

		(ii)	any other Finance Documents executed after the date of this Agreement.

 

		(b)	Cost and expenses other than legal fees, incurred by the Agent and the Arranger, in an amount in excess of:

 

		(i)	US$ 15,000, individually; or

 

		(ii)	US$ 30,000 in the aggregate (or its equivalent in any currency or currencies),

 

shall be reimbursed by the Company in accordance with
paragraph (a) above, only if such costs and expenses were incurred with the prior consent of the Company.

 

		16.2	Amendment costs

 

If (a) an Obligor requests an amendment, waiver or
consent or (b) an amendment is required pursuant to Clause 28.10 (Change of currency), the Company shall, within three Business
Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees), in each case up
to the limit of an agreed amount (provided that the Agent shall not be obliged to take any action pursuant to this Clause
16.2 in the absence of any such agreement), reasonably incurred by the Agent in responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying
with that request or requirement.

 

    - 54 -

     

    

 

		16.3	Enforcement costs

 

The Company shall, within three Business Days of demand,
pay to each Finance Party the amount of all documented costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation
of any rights under, any Finance Document.

 

    - 55 -

     

    

 

SECTION 7

GUARANTEE

 

		17.	GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY

 

		17.1	Guarantee and indemnity

 

The Guarantor irrevocably and unconditionally:

 

		(a)	guarantees to each Finance Party punctual performance by each Borrower of all that Borrower’s obligations under the Finance
Documents;

 

		(b)	undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever a Borrower does not pay any amount when due under or in connection with any
Finance Document, the Guarantor shall immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and

 

		(c)	agrees with each Finance Party that if any obligation guaranteed by it is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal it will,
as an independent and primary obligation, indemnify that Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or liability
it incurs as a result of a Borrower not paying any amount which would, but for such unenforceability, invalidity or illegality,
have been payable by it under any Finance Document on the date when it would have been due. The amount payable by the Guarantor
under this indemnity will not exceed the amount it would have had to pay under this Clause 17 if the amount claimed had been recoverable
on the basis of a guarantee.

 

		17.2	Continuing guarantee

 

This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will
extend to the ultimate balance of sums payable by any Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment
or discharge in whole or in part.

 

		17.3	Reinstatement

 

If any discharge, release or arrangement (whether
in respect of the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is made by a Finance Party in
whole or in part on the basis of any payment, security or other disposition which is avoided or must be restored in insolvency,
liquidation, administration or otherwise, without limitation, then the liability of the Guarantor under this Clause 17 will continue
or be reinstated as if the discharge, release or arrangement had not occurred.

 

		17.4	Waiver of defences

 

The obligations of the Guarantor under this Clause
17 will not be affected by any act, omission, matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any
of its obligations under this Clause 17 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any Finance Party) including:

 

		(a)	any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other person;

 

    - 56 -

     

    

 

 

		(b)	the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditor of
any member of the Group;

 

		(c)	the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any
rights against, or security over assets of, any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality
or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full value of any security;

 

		(d)	any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution or change in the members or status of an
Obligor or any other person;

 

		(e)	any amendment, novation, supplement, extension or restatement (however fundamental and whether or not more onerous) or replacement
of a Finance Document or any other document or security including without limitation any change in the purpose of, any extension
of, or any increase in, any facility or the addition of any new facility under any Finance Document or other document;

 

		(f)	any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person under any Finance Document or any other document
or security; or

 

		(g)	any insolvency or similar proceedings.

 

		17.5	Immediate recourse

 

The Guarantor waives any right it may have of first
requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security
or claim payment from any person before claiming from the Guarantor under this Clause 17. This waiver applies irrespective of any
law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.

 

		17.6	Appropriations

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by
the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee
or agent on its behalf) may:

 

		(a)	refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by that Finance Party (or any trustee
or agent on its behalf) in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether
against those amounts or otherwise) and the Guarantor shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

		(b)	hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantor or on account of the Guarantor’s
liability under this Clause 17.

 

		17.7	Deferral of Guarantor’s rights

 

Until all amounts which may be or become payable by
the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent otherwise
directs, the Guarantor will not exercise any rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations
under the Finance Documents or by reason of any amount being payable, or liability arising, under this Clause 17:

 

    - 57 -

     

    

 

		(a)	to be indemnified by an Obligor;

 

		(b)	to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of any Obligor’s obligations under the Finance Documents;

 

		(c)	to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties
under the Finance Documents or of any other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance Documents
by any Finance Party;

 

		(d)	to bring legal or other proceedings for an order requiring any Obligor to make any payment, or perform any obligation, in respect
of which the Guarantor has given a guarantee, undertaking or indemnity under Clause 17.1 (Guarantee and Indemnity);

 

		(e)	to exercise any right of set-off against any Obligor; and/or

 

		(f)	to claim or prove as a creditor of any Obligor in competition with any Finance Party.

 

If the Guarantor receives any benefit, payment or
distribution in relation to such rights it shall hold that benefit, payment or distribution to the extent necessary to enable all
amounts which may be or become payable to the Finance Parties by the Obligors under or in connection with the Finance Documents
to be repaid in full on trust for the Finance Parties and shall promptly pay or transfer the same to the Agent or as the Agent
may direct for application in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment mechanics).

 

		17.8	Additional security

 

This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any
way prejudiced by any other guarantee or security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.

 

    - 58 -

     

    

 

SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS
OF DEFAULT

 

		18.	REPRESENTATIONS

 

Each Obligor makes the representations and warranties
set out in this Clause 18 to each Finance Party on the date of this Agreement.

 

		18.1	Status

 

		(a)	It is a corporation, duly incorporated and validly existing under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

		(b)	It and each of its Subsidiaries has the power to own its assets and carry on its business as it is being conducted.

 

		18.2	Binding obligations

 

The obligations expressed to be assumed by it in each
Finance Document are, subject to any general principles of law limiting its obligations which are specifically referred to in any
legal opinion delivered pursuant to Clause 4 (Conditions of Utilisation) or Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors),
(the “Legal Reservations”), legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligations.

 

		18.3	Non-conflict with other obligations

 

The entry into and performance by it of, and the transactions
contemplated by, the Finance Documents do not and will not conflict with:

 

		(a)	any law or regulation applicable to it;

 

		(b)	it’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ constitutional documents; or

 

		(c)	any agreement or instrument binding upon it or any of its Subsidiaries or any of its or any of its Subsidiaries’ assets
which has or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		18.4	Power and authority

 

It has the power to enter into, perform and deliver,
and has taken all necessary action to authorise its entry into, performance and delivery of, the Finance Documents to which it
is a party and the transactions contemplated by those Finance Documents.

 

		18.5	Validity and admissibility in evidence

 

All Authorisations required or desirable:

 

		(a)	to enable it lawfully to enter into, exercise its rights and comply with its obligations in the Finance Documents to which
it is a party; and

 

		(b)	to make the Finance Documents to which it is a party admissible in evidence in its
                                                               jurisdiction of incorporation, have been obtained or effected and are in full force
and effect.

 

    - 59 -

     

    

 

		18.6	Governing law and enforcement

 

		(a)	Subject to the Legal Reservations, the choice of English law as the governing law of the Finance Documents will be recognised
and enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

		(b)	Subject to the Legal Reservations, any judgment obtained in England in relation to a Finance Document will be recognised and
enforced in its jurisdiction of incorporation.

 

		18.7	Insolvency

 

No:

 

		(a)	corporate action, legal proceeding or other procedure or step described in paragraph (a) of Clause 22.7(Insolvency proceedings);
or

 

		(b)	creditors’ process described in Clause 22.8 (Creditors’ process),

 

has been taken or, to the knowledge of the Company,
threatened in relation to a Material Company, and none of the circumstances described in Clause 22.6 (Insolvency) applies
to a Material Company.

 

		18.8	Deduction of Tax

 

It is not required to make any deduction for or on
account of Tax from any payment it may make under any Finance Document.

 

		18.9	No filing or stamp taxes

 

Under the law of its jurisdiction of incorporation
it is not necessary that the Finance Documents be filed, recorded or enrolled with any court or other authority in that jurisdiction
or that any stamp, registration or similar tax be paid on or in relation to the Finance Documents or the transactions contemplated
by the Finance Documents.

 

		18.10	No default

 

		(a)	No Event of Default is continuing or might reasonably be expected to result from the making of any Utilisation.

 

		(b)	No other event or circumstance is outstanding which constitutes a default under any other agreement or instrument which is
binding on it or on any Significant Subsidiary, or to which its (or any Significant Subsidiary’s) assets are subject which
might have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		18.11	No misleading information

 

		(a)	Any factual information contained in the Annual Report was true and accurate in all material respects as at the date it was
provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

    - 60 -

     

    

 

		(b)	Nothing has occurred or been omitted from the Annual Report and no information has been given or withheld that results in the
information contained in the Annual Report being untrue or misleading in any material respect, in each case as at the date it was
provided or as at the date (if any) at which it is stated.

 

		18.12	Financial statements

 

		(a)	Its Original Financial Statements were prepared in accordance with IFRS consistently applied.

 

		(b)	Its Original Financial Statements fairly represent its financial condition and operations (consolidated in the case of the
Company) during the relevant Financial Year.

 

		(c)	There has been no material adverse change in its business or financial condition (or the business or consolidated financial
condition of the Group, in the case of the Company) since the date of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
Clause 19.1 (Financial statements).

 

		18.13	Pari passu ranking

 

Its payment obligations under the Finance Documents
rank at least pari passu with the claims of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors, except for obligations
mandatorily preferred by law applying to companies generally.

 

		18.14	No proceedings

 

Save as disclosed in the Original Financial Statements
or relating to a Disclosed Investigation, no litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings of or before any court, arbitral
body or agency which, if adversely determined, are reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect have (to the best of its
knowledge and belief) been started or threatened against it or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

		18.15	Environmental compliance

 

Each Obligor and Significant Subsidiary has performed
and observed in all material respects all Environmental Law, Environmental Permits and all other material covenants, conditions,
restrictions or agreements directly or indirectly concerned with any contamination, pollution or waste or the release or discharge
of any toxic or hazardous substance in connection with any real property which is or was at any time owned, leased or occupied
by any Obligor or Significant Subsidiary or on which any Obligor or Significant Subsidiary has conducted any activity where failure
to do so might reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		18.16	Taxation

 

		(a)	Except for any Permitted Tax Non-Payments, it has duly and punctually paid and discharged all Taxes imposed upon it or its
assets within the time period allowed.

 

		(b)	It is not materially overdue in the filing of any Tax returns.

 

    - 61 -

     

    

 

		(c)	No claims are being or are reasonably likely to be asserted against it with respect to Taxes that could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		18.17	Anti-corruption, anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws and regulations

 

Save for any Disclosed Investigation, no Obligor,
and no Subsidiary, director or officer of any Obligor and, to the best of its knowledge and belief, no Affiliate, has engaged in
any activity or conducted its businesses in any way which would violate any applicable anti-corruption, anti-bribery or anti-money
laundering laws or regulations and each Obligor has instituted and maintains policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve
compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

		18.18	Sanctions

 

Each Obligor represents in respect of itself and in
respect of its Subsidiaries, directors and officers that:

 

		(a)	it is not the subject of any Sanctions; and

 

		(b)	it is not violating any Sanctions,

 

in either case applicable to it, provided that,
this representation and warranty shall not be deemed to be made to or for the benefit of any Finance Party or any director, officer
or employee thereof to the extent that this provision would expose that Finance Party or any director, officer or employee thereof
to any liability under any applicable anti- boycott law, regulation or statute.

 

		18.19	Intellectual Property

 

It and each of its Subsidiaries:

 

		(a)	is the sole legal and beneficial owner of or has licensed to it on normal commercial terms all the Intellectual Property which
is material in the context of its business and which is required by it in order to carry on its business as it is being conducted;

 

		(b)	does not (nor does any of its Subsidiaries), in carrying on its businesses, infringe any Intellectual Property of any third
party; and

 

		(c)	has taken all formal or procedural actions (including payment of fees) required to maintain any material Intellectual Property
owned by it,

 

save, in each case, where failure to be so or to do
so or to have done or does not and is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

		18.20	Centre of main interests and establishments

 

For the purposes of the Regulation, its centre of
main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in Luxembourg, Sweden, the United Kingdom or
the United States of America and it has no “establishment” (as that term is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation)
in any other jurisdiction.

 

    - 62 -

     

    

 

		18.21	Repetition

 

The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made
by each Obligor (by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing) on:

 

		(a)	the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of each Interest Period; and

 

		(b)	in the case of an Additional Borrower, the day on which it becomes (or it is proposed that it becomes) an Additional Borrower.

 

		19.	INFORMATION UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 19 remain in force
from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

		19.1	Financial statements

 

The Company shall supply to the Agent:

 

		(a)	as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each of its Financial Years:

 

		(i)	its audited consolidated financial statements for that Financial Year; and

 

		(ii)	its audited unconsolidated financial statements for that Financial Year;

 

		(b)	as soon as it is available, but in any event within 60 days after the end of each Financial Quarter of each of its Financial
Years (other than the Financial Quarter ending at the end of a Financial Year), its Quarterly Report for that Financial Quarter;

 

		(c)	as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each Financial Quarter of each of its
Financial Years (other than the Financial Quarter ending at the end of a Financial Year), if required to be prepared under IFRS,
an unaudited pro forma interim condensed consolidated income statement and a statement of financial position of the Company,
together with explanatory footnotes, for any acquisitions, dispositions or recapitalisations that have occurred since the beginning
of the most recently completed Financial Year as to which such quarterly report relates; provided that such pro forma
financial information will be provided only to the extent available without unreasonable expense, in which case the Company
will provide, in the case of a material acquisition, the financial statements of the acquired company to the extent available without
unreasonable expense; and

 

		(d)	as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 90 days after the end of each Financial Quarter of each of its
Financial Years:

 

		(i)	the details of sums being upstreamed by way of dividend or loan on a Subsidiary by Subsidiary basis; and

 

    - 63 -

     

    

 

		(ii)	the unaudited unconsolidated quarterly, semi-annual and annual financial statements in respect of:

 

		(A)	each Significant Subsidiary incorporated in Guatemala and Paraguay for so long as such unconsolidated financial statements
are prepared in respect of such Significant Subsidiaries; and

 

		(B)	any other Significant Subsidiary to the extent such unconsolidated financial statements are prepared in respect of those Significant
Subsidiaries.

 

		19.2	Compliance Certificate

 

		(a)	The Company shall supply to the Agent, with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a)(i) and (b)
of Clause 19.1 (Financial statements), a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance
with Clause 20 (Financial covenants) as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.

 

		(b)	Each Compliance Certificate shall be signed by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chief Financial Officer of the Company in
the form agreed by the Company and the Majority Lenders.

 

		19.3	Requirements as to financial statements

 

		(a)	Each set of financial statements delivered by the Company pursuant to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) shall be certified
by a director of the relevant company as fairly representing its financial condition as at the date at which those financial statements
were drawn up.

 

		(b)	

 

		(i)	The Company shall procure that each set of financial statements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries delivered pursuant
to Clause 19.1 (Financial statements) is prepared using IFRS. If there is a change to IFRS that might result in any material
alteration in the commercial effect of any of the terms of this Agreement (a “Material IFRS Change”), the Company
shall notify the Agent and, if the Agent so requests, deliver to the Agent sufficient information, in form and substance as may
be reasonably required by the Agent, to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 22 (Financial covenants) has been
complied with notwithstanding such Material IFRS Change.

 

		(ii)	If the Company notifies the Agent of a Material IFRS Change in accordance with paragraph (i) above, then the Company and Agent
shall enter into negotiations in good faith with a view to agreeing any amendments to this Agreement which may be necessary to
ensure that the Material IFRS Change does not result in any material alteration in the commercial effect of the terms of this Agreement,
and if any amendments are agreed they shall take effect and be
binding on each of the Parties in accordance with their terms.

 

    - 64 -

     

    

 

		19.4	Information: miscellaneous

 

		(a)	The Company shall supply to the Agent (in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, if the Agent so requests):

 

		(i)	all documents despatched by the Company to the shareholders of its publicly listed shares (or any class of them) or its creditors
generally (or any class of them) at the same time as they are dispatched;

 

		(ii)	promptly upon becoming aware of them, the details of any litigation, arbitration or administrative proceedings which are current,
threatened or pending against any member of the Group and which might, if adversely determined, have a Material Adverse Effect,
provided that this requirement and the notification requirement under Clause 21.12 (Environmental Claims) shall be
deemed satisfied where such details are contained in the Quarterly Report or the annual financial statements of the Company;

 

		(iii)	promptly after the occurrence of any material acquisition, disposition or restructuring of the Group, or any changes to the
Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer at the Company, or any other material event that the Company announces publicly,
a press release or report containing a description of such event; and

 

		(iv)	promptly, such further information (which is not of a confidential nature) regarding the financial condition, assets and operations
of any member of the Group as any Finance Party (through the Agent) may reasonably request.

 

		19.5	Notification of default

 

		(a)	Each Obligor shall notify the Agent of any Default (and the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it) promptly upon becoming
aware of its occurrence (unless that Obligor is aware that a notification has already been provided by another Obligor).

 

		(b)	Promptly upon a request by the Agent, the Company shall supply to the Agent a certificate signed by two of its directors or
senior officers on its behalf certifying that no Default is continuing (or if a Default is continuing, specifying the Default and
the steps, if any, being taken to remedy it).

 

		19.6	Use of websites

 

		(a)	The Company may satisfy its obligation under this Agreement to deliver any information in relation to:

 

		(i)	the Original Lenders; and

 

		(ii)	those Lenders who accept this method of communication, (together with the Original Lenders, the “Website
Lenders”), by posting this information onto an electronic website designated by the Company and the Agent (the “Designated
Website”) if:

 

    - 65 -

     

    

 

		(A)	the Agent expressly agrees (after consultation with each of the Lenders) that it will accept communication of the information
by this method;

 

		(B)	both the Company and the Agent are aware of the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated Website;
and

 

		(C)	the information is in a format previously agreed between the Company and the Agent.

 

If any Lender (a “Paper Form Lender”)
does not agree to the delivery of information electronically then the Agent shall notify the Company accordingly and the Company
shall supply the information to the Agent (in sufficient copies for each Paper Form Lender) in paper form. In any event the Company
shall supply the Agent with at least one copy in paper form of any information required to be provided by it.

 

		(b)	The Agent shall supply each Website Lender with the address of and any relevant password specifications for the Designated
Website following designation of that website by the Company and the Agent.

 

		(c)	The Company shall promptly upon becoming aware of its occurrence notify the Agent if:

 

		(i)	the Designated Website cannot be accessed due to technical failure;

 

		(ii)	the password specifications for the Designated Website change;

 

		(iii)	any new information which is required to be provided under this Agreement is posted onto the Designated Website;

 

		(iv)	any existing information which has been provided under this Agreement and posted onto the Designated Website is amended; or

 

		(v)	the Company becomes aware that the Designated Website or any information posted onto the Designated Website is or has been
infected by any electronic virus or similar software.

 

If the Company notifies the Agent under paragraph (c)(i)
or paragraph (c)(v) above, all information to be provided by the Company under this Agreement after the date of that notice shall
be supplied in paper form unless and until the Agent and each Website Lender is satisfied that the circumstances giving rise to
the notification are no longer continuing.

 

		(d)	Any Website Lender may request, through the Agent, one paper copy of any information required to be provided under this Agreement
which is posted onto the Designated Website. The Company shall comply with
any such request within ten Business Days.

 

    - 66 -

     

    

 

		19.7	“Know your customer” checks

 

		(a)	If:

 

		(i)	the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or regulation made
after the date of this Agreement;

 

		(ii)	any change in:

 

		(A)	the status of an Obligor; or

 

		(B)	the composition of the shareholders of an Obligor (other than the Company),

 

after the date of this Agreement; or

 

		(iii)	a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and obligations under this Agreement to a party that is
not a Lender prior to such assignment or transfer,

 

obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of
paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures
in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor shall promptly upon the request of
the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the
Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii)
above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph
(iii) above, any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”
or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

		(b)	Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence
as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with
all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the
transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 

		(c)	The Company shall, by not less than ten Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, notify the Agent (which shall
promptly notify the Lenders) of its intention to request that one of its Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower pursuant to
Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors).

 

		(d)	Following the giving of any notice pursuant to paragraph (c) above, if the accession of such Additional Borrower obliges the
Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar
identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall promptly
upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of, such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably
requested by the Agent (for itself or on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or on behalf of any prospective new Lender)
in order for the Agent or such Lender or any prospective new Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary
 “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the accession of
such Subsidiary to this Agreement as an Additional Borrower.

 

    - 67 -

     

    

 

		20.	FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

		20.1	Financial definitions

 

In this Clause 20:

 

“Acquired Debt” means Debt of any
person (i) incurred and outstanding at the time it becomes a member of the Group or is merged, consolidated, amalgamated or otherwise
combined with or into a member of the Group including pursuant to any acquisition of assets and assumption of related liabilities
or (ii) incurred to provide all or part of the funds utilised to consummate the transaction or series of related transactions pursuant
to which such person became a member of the Group or was otherwise acquired by a member of the Group; provided that, after giving
pro forma effect to the transaction or transactions by which such person becomes a member of the Group or is merged, consolidated,
amalgamated or otherwise combined with or into a member of the Group, either (i) the Company is in compliance with the requirements
of paragraph (a) of Clause 20.2 (Financial Condition) or (ii) the Net Leverage Ratio would not be more than such ratio before
giving effect to such transaction or transactions.

 

“Cash Equivalents” means, with
respect to any person:

 

		(a)	Government Securities;

 

		(b)	deposit accounts, certificates of deposit and Eurodollar time deposits and money market deposits, bankers’ acceptances
and overnight bank deposits, in each case issued by or with (i) any of the Original Lenders; (ii) a bank or trust company which
is organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof, the United Kingdom, Switzerland, Canada, Australia
or any member state of the European Union, and which bank or trust company has capital, surplus and undivided profits aggregating
in excess of US$ 100,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) and has outstanding debt which is rated “A”
(or such similar equivalent rating) or higher by at least one nationally recognized statistical rating organization (as defined
in Rule 436 under the Securities Act), or (iii) any money market fund sponsored by a U.S. registered broker dealer or mutual fund
distributor;

 

		(c)	repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for underlying securities of the types described in paragraph
(b)(i) and paragraph (b)(ii) entered into with any financial institution meeting the qualifications specified in paragraph (b)(ii)
above;

 

    - 68 -

     

    

 

		(d)	commercial paper having one of the two highest ratings obtainable from Fitch Ratings Ltd or Moody’s Investor Services
Limited and in each case maturing within 365 days after the date of acquisition;

 

		(e)	money market funds mutual funds at least 95% of the assets of which constitute Cash Equivalents of the types described in paragraphs
(a) through (d) of this definition; and

 

		(f)	with respect to any person organised under the laws of, or having its principal business operations in, a jurisdiction outside
the United States, those investments that are of the same type as investments in paragraphs (a), (c) and (d) of this definition
except that the obligor thereon is organised under the laws of the country (or any political subdivision thereof) in which such
person is organised or conducting business.

 

“Consolidated EBITDA” means, for
any period, operating profit, as such amount is determined in the Company’s consolidated income statement in accordance with
IFRS, plus the sum of the following amounts, in each case, without double counting. Losses shall be added (as a positive number)
and gains shall be deducted, in each case, to the extent such amounts were included in calculating operating profit:

 

		(a)	depreciation and amortization expenses, as indicated in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows;

 

		(b)	the net loss or gain on the disposal and impairment of assets, as indicated in the Company’s consolidated statement of
cash flows;

 

		(c)	share-based compensation expenses, as indicated in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows;

 

		(d)	in accordance with IFRS accounting practice other non-cash charges reducing operating profit (provided that if any such non-cash
charge represents an accrual of or reserve for potential cash charges in any future period, the cash payment in respect thereof
in such future period shall reduce operating profit to such extent, and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was
paid in a prior period) less other non-cash items of income increasing operating income (excluding any such non-cash item of income
to the extent it represents (x) a receipt of cash payments in any future period, (y) the reversal of an accrual or reserve for
a potential cash item that reduced operating income in any prior period and (z) any non-cash gains with respect to cash actually
received in a prior period so long as such cash did not increase operating income in such prior period);

 

		(e)	any material extraordinary, one-off, non-recurring, exceptional or unusual gain, loss, expense or charge, including any charges
or reserves in respect of any restructuring, redundancy, relocation, refinancing, integration or severance or other post-employment
arrangements, signing, retention or completion bonuses, transaction costs, acquisition costs, disposition costs, business optimization,
information technology implementation or development costs, costs related to governmental investigations and curtailments or modifications
to pension or postretirement benefits schemes, litigation or any asset impairment charges or the financial impacts of natural disasters (including
fire, flood and storm and related events);

 

    - 69 -

     

    

 

		(f)	the effects of adjustments in its consolidated financial statements pursuant to IFRS (including inventory, property, equipment,
software, goodwill, intangible assets, in process research and development, deferred revenue and debt line items) attributable
to the application of recapitalization accounting or acquisition accounting, as the case may be, in relation to any consummated
acquisition or joint venture investment or the amortization or write-off or writedown of amounts thereof, net of taxes;

 

		(g)	any reasonable expenses, charges or other costs related to any sale of Capital Stock (other than Redeemable Stock) of the Company
or a Holding Company of the Company, Investment, acquisition, disposition, recapitalization or the incurrence of any Debt, in each
case, as determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company;

 

		(h)	any gains or losses on associates;

 

		(i)	any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of equity Investments;

 

		(j)	any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the fair value of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreements;

 

		(k)	any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of put options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting
rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

		(l)	any unrealized gains or losses due to changes in the carrying value of call options in respect of Capital Stock of, or voting
rights with respect to, any Subsidiary, joint venture or associate;

 

		(m)	any net foreign exchange gains or losses;

 

		(n)	in accordance with IFRS accounting practice, any adjustments to reduce the impact of the cumulative effect of a change in accounting
principles and changes as a result of the adoption or modification of accounting policies;

 

		(o)	accruals and reserves that are established or adjusted within twelve months after the closing date of any acquisition that
are so required to be established or adjusted in accordance with IFRS;

 

		(p)	any expenses, charges or losses to the extent covered by insurance or indemnity and actually reimbursed, or, so long as the
Company or a Subsidiary has received confirmation that such amount will be reimbursed by the insurer or indemnifying party and
only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of the insurable or indemnifiable event (net
of any amount so added back in any prior period to the extent not so reimbursed within the applicable 365-day period);

 

    - 70 -

     

    

 

		(q)	the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance and reimbursements of any expenses and charges that are
covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions in connection with any acquisition, Investment or any sale, conveyance,
transfer or other disposition of assets; and

 

		(r)	any net gain (or loss) realized upon any sale/leaseback transaction that is not sold or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary
course of business, determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company.

 

For the purposes of calculating Consolidated EBITDA
for any period, as of such date of determination:

 

		(i)	if, since the beginning of such period the Company or any Subsidiary has made any disposal of assets not in the ordinary course
of business or disposed of any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting an operating unit of a business (any
such disposition, a “Sale”), including any Sale occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation
to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated EBITDA (if
positive) attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Sale for such period or increased by an amount equal to the
Consolidated EBITDA (if negative) attributable thereto for such period;

 

		(ii)	if, since the beginning of such period the Company or any Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) will have made an Investment
in any Person that thereby becomes a Subsidiary, or otherwise acquires any company, any business, or any group of assets constituting
an operating unit of a business (any such Investment or acquisition, a “Purchase”), including any such Purchase
occurring in connection with a transaction causing a calculation to be made hereunder, then Consolidated EBITDA for such period
will be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Purchase occurred on the first day of such period;

 

		(iii)	if, since the beginning of such period any Person (that
became a Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any Subsidiary since the beginning of such period) will have made
any Sale or any Purchase that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above if made by the Company or
a Subsidiary since the beginning of such period, Consolidated EBITDA for such period will be calculated after giving pro forma
effect thereto as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period, including anticipated synergies and cost
savings as if such Sale or Purchase occurred on the first day of such period; and

 

		(iv)	whenever pro forma effect is applied, the pro forma calculations will be as determined in good faith by a responsible financial
or accounting officer of the Company (including in respect of anticipated synergies and cost savings) as though the full effect
of such synergies and cost savings were realized on the first day of the relevant period and shall also include the reasonably
anticipated full run rate cost savings effect (as calculated in good faith by a responsible financial
or chief accounting officer of the Company) of cost savings programs that have been initiated by the Company or its Subsidiaries
as though such cost savings programs had been fully implemented on the first day of the relevant period, provided that if the aggregate
amount of such anticipated synergies and cost savings exceeds 5% of Consolidated EBITDA (calculated without reference to the applicable
Purchase or Sale), such amounts are confirmed by a reputable, independent third party advisor.

 

    - 71 -

     

    

 

For the purpose of calculating the Consolidated EBITDA
of the Company, any Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA shall be added to the amount determined in accordance with the foregoing.

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense”
means for any Relevant Period, the consolidated interest expense included in the consolidated income statement (without deduction
of interest income) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such Relevant Period prepared in accordance with IFRS, excluding the
interest component of any Capital Lease Obligation, and calculated without double counting any obligations described in paragraphs
(a), (b) or (h) of the first paragraph of the definition of Debt that are incurred by any member of the Group and any obligations
described in paragraph (a) of the definition of Debt.

 

“Consolidated Net Debt” means,
with respect to the Company as of any date of determination, the sum without duplication of:

 

		(a)	the total amount of Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would be stated on the statement
of financial position of the Company as of such date in accordance with IFRS, minus

 

		(b)	the sum without duplication of:

 

		(i)	

 

		(A)	all Debt outstanding under Minority Shareholder Loans, plus

 

		(B)	any Debt which is a contingent obligation of the Company or its Subsidiaries on the date of the most recent financial statements,
plus

 

		(C)	the amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (other than cash or Cash Equivalents received from the incurrence of Debt by any member
of the Group to the extent such cash or Cash Equivalents has not been subsequently applied or used for any purpose not prohibited
by this Agreement) of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis that would be stated on the statement of financial
position of the Company as of such date in accordance with IFRS, plus

 

		(D)	deposits pledged to secure Debt, as such amount is recorded under the line item “pledged deposits” under non-current
assets on the Company’s statement of financial position, plus

 

    - 72 -

     

    

 

		(E)	Debt of the Company and its Subsidiaries under any Capital Lease Obligation or operating lease,

 

less

 

		(ii)	Restricted Cash.

 

“Financial Quarter” means the period
commencing on the day after one Quarter Date and ending on the next Quarter Date.

 

“Financial Year” means the annual
accounting period of the Company ending on or about 31 December in each year.

 

“Government Securities” means direct
obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, the United States of America for the payment of which obligations or guarantee the
full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged and which have a remaining weighted average life to maturity of
not more than one year from the date of Investment therein.

 

“Interest Cover” means the ratio
of Consolidated EBITDA to Consolidated Interest Expense in respect of any Relevant Period.

 

“Investment” by any person means
any direct or indirect loan, advance or other extension of credit or capital contribution (by means of transfers of cash or other
property to others or payments for property or services for the account or use of others, or otherwise) to, or purchase or acquisition
of Capital Stock, bonds, notes, debentures or other securities or evidence of Debt issued by, any other person, including any payment
on a guarantee of any obligation of such other person, together with all items that are or would be classified as Investments on
a statement of financial position (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with IFRS, but shall not include:

 

		(a)	trade accounts receivable in the ordinary course of business on credit terms made generally available to the customers of such
person; or

 

		(b)	commission, travel, payroll, entertainment, relocation and similar advances to officers and employees and profit sharing and
other employee benefit plan contributions made in the ordinary course of business.

 

Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the
amount of an Investment will be determined at the time the Investment is made and without giving effect to a subsequent change
in value and, to the extent applicable, shall be determined based on the equity value of such Investment.

 

“Joint Venture Consolidated EBITDA”
means an amount equal to the product of (i) the Consolidated EBITDA of any joint venture (determined in good faith by a responsible
financial or accounting officer of the Company on the same basis as provided for in the definition of “Consolidated EBITDA”
(with the exception of clause (i) and the last sentence thereof) as if each reference to the “Company” in such definition
was to such joint venture) whose financial results are not consolidated with those of the Company in accordance with IFRS and (ii)
a percentage equal to the direct equity ownership percentage of the Company and/or
its Subsidiaries in the Capital Stock of such joint venture and its Subsidiaries.

 

    - 73 -

     

    

 

“Minority Shareholder Loan” means
Debt of a Subsidiary of the Company that is issued to and held by an equity owner of such Subsidiary, other than the Company or
a subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Net Leverage Ratio” means, with
respect to the Company, the ratio of (a) the Consolidated Net Debt (excluding Debt consisting of Permitted Interest Rate, Currency
or Commodity Price Agreements) to (b) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Company for the four most recent Financial Quarters ending
immediately prior to such date for which consolidated financial statements are available, determined on a pro forma basis
as if any such Debt had been incurred, or such other Debt had been repaid, redeemed or repurchased, as applicable, at the beginning
of such four Financial Quarter period. For the avoidance of doubt, in determining Net Leverage Ratio, no cash or Cash Equivalents
shall be included that are the proceeds of Debt in respect of which the pro forma calculation is to be made.

 

“Quarter Date” means each of 31
March, 30 June, 30 September and 31 December.

 

“Relevant Period” means each period
of twelve months ending on or about the last day of the Financial Year and each period of twelve months ending on or about the
last day of each Financial Quarter.

 

“Restricted Cash” means the sum
of (a) Restricted MFS Cash, and (b) without duplication, the amount of cash that would be stated as “restricted cash”
on the consolidated statement of financial position of the Company as of such date in accordance with IFRS.

 

		20.2	Financial condition

 

The Company shall ensure that:

 

		(a)	Net Leverage Ratio: Net Leverage Ratio in respect of any Relevant Period shall be less than 3.00:1 at all times.

 

		(b)	Interest Cover: Interest Cover in respect of any Relevant Period shall not be less than 4.00:1 at any time.

 

		20.3	Financial testing

 

The financial covenants set out in Clause 20.2 (Financial
condition) shall be tested quarterly by reference to each of the financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraphs (a)(i)
and (b) of Clause 19.1 (Financial Statements) and/or each Compliance Certificate delivered pursuant to Clause 19.2 (Compliance
Certificate).

 

		21.	GENERAL UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings in this Clause 21 remain in force
from the date of this Agreement for so long as any amount is outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

    - 74 -

     

    

 

		21.1	Authorisations

 

Each Obligor shall promptly:

 

		(a)	obtain, comply with and do all that is necessary to maintain in full force and effect; and

 

		(b)	supply certified copies to the Agent of,

 

any Authorisation required under any law or regulation
of its jurisdiction of incorporation to enable it to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents and to ensure, subject
to the Legal Reservations, the legality, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence in its jurisdiction of incorporation
of any Finance Document.

 

		21.2	Compliance with laws

 

Each Obligor shall comply in all respects with all
laws to which it may be subject, if failure so to comply would materially impair its ability to perform its obligations under the
Finance Documents.

 

		21.3	Negative pledge

 

In this Clause 21.3, “Quasi-Security”
means an arrangement or transaction described in paragraph (b) below.

 

		(a)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) create or permit to subsist any Lien
over any of its assets.

 

		(b)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will):

 

		(i)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its assets on terms whereby they are or may be leased to or re-acquired by an
Obligor or any other member of the Group;

 

		(ii)	sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its receivables on recourse terms;

 

		(iii)	enter into any arrangement under which money or the benefit of a bank or other account may be applied, set-off or made subject
to a combination of accounts; or

 

		(iv)	enter into any other preferential arrangement having a similar effect,

 

in circumstances where the arrangement or transaction
is entered into primarily as a method of raising Debt or of financing the acquisition of an asset.

 

		(c)	Paragraphs (a) and (b) above do not apply to any Lien or (as the case may be) Quasi-Security which is a Permitted Lien.

 

    - 75 -

     

    

 

		21.4	Disposals

 

		(a)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will), enter into a single transaction or
a series of transactions (whether related or not) and whether voluntary or involuntary to sell, lease, transfer or otherwise dispose
of any asset.

 

		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any sale, lease, transfer or other disposal which is a Permitted Disposal.

 

		21.5	Arm’s length basis

 

		(a)	Except as permitted by paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group
will) enter into any transaction with any person except on arm’s length terms and for full market value.

 

		(b)	The following transactions shall not be a breach of this Clause 21.5:

 

		(i)	intra-Group loans permitted under Clause 21.16 (Loans or credit); and

 

		(ii)	any Permitted Reorganisation to the extent that it only involves members of the Group; or

 

		(iii)	fees, costs and expenses payable under the Finance Documents in the amounts set out in the Finance Documents delivered to the
Agent under Clause 4.1 (Initial conditions precedent) or agreed by the Agent.

 

		21.6	Pari passu ranking

 

Each Obligor shall ensure that at all times any unsecured
and unsubordinated claims of a Finance Party against it under the Finance Documents rank at least pari passu with the claims
of all its other unsecured and unsubordinated creditors except those creditors whose claims are mandatorily preferred by laws of
general application to companies.

 

		21.7	Change of business

 

		(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, the Company shall ensure that no substantial change is made to the general nature
of the business of the Company or the Group from that carried on at the date of this Agreement.

 

		(b)	Paragraph (a) shall not prevent the Company from engaging in any Permitted Business.

 

		21.8	Preservation of properties

 

Subject to Permitted Discontinuance of Property Maintenance,
each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each other member of the Group will) maintain in good repair, working order
and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) all of its material properties necessary or desirable in the conduct of its business,
all in accordance with the judgment of the Company (acting reasonably).

 

    - 76 -

     

    

 

 

	21.9	Joint Ventures

 

		(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, no Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group
will):

 

		(i)	enter into, invest in or acquire (or agree to acquire) any shares, stocks, securities or other interest in any Joint Venture;
or

 

		(ii)	transfer any assets or lend to or guarantee or give an indemnity for or give Security for the obligations of a Joint Venture
or maintain the solvency of or provide working capital to any Joint Venture (or agree to do any of the foregoing).

 

		(b)	Paragraph (a) above does not apply to any acquisition of (or agreement to acquire) any interest in a Joint Venture or transfer
of assets (or agreement to transfer assets) to a Joint Venture or loan made to or guarantee given in respect of the obligations
of a Joint Venture if such transaction is a Permitted Joint Venture.

 

	21.10	Insurance

 

		Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that
each member of the Group will) maintain insurances on and in relation to its properties with reputable underwriters or insurance
companies against those risks and to the extent as is usual for companies carrying on the same or substantially similar business.

 

	21.11	Environmental Compliance

 

		Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that
each member of the Group will) comply in all material respects with all Environmental Law and obtain and maintain any Environmental
Permits where failure to do so has or is reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

	21.12	Environmental Claims

 

		Subject to paragraph 19.4(a)(ii) of Clause 19.4 (Information:
miscellaneous), the Company shall inform the Agent in writing as soon as reasonably practicable upon becoming aware of:

 

		(a)	any Environmental Claim that has been commenced or (to the best of its knowledge and belief) is threatened against any member
of the Group; or

 

		(b)	any facts or circumstances which will or are reasonably likely to result in any Environmental Claim being commenced or threatened
against any member of the Group,

 

		where the claim would be reasonably likely, if determined
against that member of the Group, to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

    - 77 -

     

    

 

	21.13	Anti-corruption law

 

		(a)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) directly or indirectly use the proceeds
of the Facility for any purpose which would breach the Bribery Act 2010, the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977
or other similar legislation in other jurisdictions to which the relevant member of the Group or any Finance Party is subject.

 

		(b)	Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each other member of the Group will):

 

		(i)	conduct its businesses in compliance with applicable anti-corruption laws; and

 

		(ii)	maintain policies and procedures designed to promote and achieve compliance with such laws.

 

	21.14	Sanctions

 

		(a)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) contribute or otherwise use the proceeds
or make available the proceeds of the Facility, directly or indirectly, to any person or entity listed on any Sanctions List or
located in a Sanctioned Country, to the extent such contribution or provision of proceeds would be prohibited by Sanctions or would
otherwise cause any Finance Party to be in breach of applicable Sanctions (at the time the proceeds were made available or contributed).

 

		(b)	No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no other member of the Group will) fund all or part of any payment under
the Facility out of proceeds derived from transactions which are prohibited by Sanctions or would otherwise cause any Finance Party
to be in breach of applicable Sanctions (at the time the proceeds were made available or contributed).

 

		(c)	This covenant shall not be deemed to be made to or for the benefit of any Finance Party or any director, officer or employee
thereof to the extent that this provision would expose that Finance Party or any director, officer or employee thereof to any liability
under any applicable anti-boycott law, regulation or statute.

 

	21.15	Taxation

 

		(a)	Except as permitted under paragraph (b) below, each Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that each member of the Group
will) duly and punctually pay and discharge all material Taxes imposed upon it or its assets within the time period allowed without
incurring penalties.

 

		(b)	Paragraph (a) above, shall not apply to any payment which is a Permitted Tax Non-Payments.

 

    - 78 -

     

    

 

	21.16	Financial indebtedness

 

		The Company shall ensure that none of its Subsidiaries
will incur or allow to remain outstanding any Debt, if and to the extent that such Debt would cause or result in a Net Leverage
Ratio of 2.75:1 or more, excluding in this calculation all Debt that only has recourse against the Company and any Consolidated
EBITDA generated by the Company.

 

	21.17	Loans and credit

 

		No Obligor shall (and the Company shall ensure that no
other member of the Group will) make any loans or grant any credit to or for the benefit of any person, other than a Permitted
Loan.

 

	21.18	Intellectual Property

 

		Each Obligor shall (and the Company shall procure that
each other member of the Group will):

 

		(a)	preserve and maintain the subsistence and validity of the Intellectual Property necessary for the business of the relevant
Group member (“Material Intellectual Property”);

 

		(b)	use reasonable endeavours to prevent any infringement in any material respect of the Material Intellectual Property;

 

		(c)	make registrations and pay all registration fees and taxes necessary to maintain the Material Intellectual Property in full
force and effect and record its interest in that Material Intellectual Property;

 

		(d)	not use or permit the Material Intellectual Property to be used in a way or take any step or omit to take any step in respect
of that Material Intellectual Property which may materially and adversely affect the existence or value of the Material Intellectual
Property or imperil the right of any member of the Group to use such property; and

 

		(e)	not discontinue the use of the Material Intellectual Property,

 

		where failure to do so, in the case of paragraphs (a)
and (b) above, or, in the case of paragraphs (d) and (e) above, such use, permission to use, omission or discontinuation, is reasonably
likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

	21.19	Treasury transactions

 

		No Obligor shall (and the Company will procure that no
other member of the Group will) enter into any Interest Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement, other than a Permitted Interest
Rate, Currency or Commodity Price Agreement.

 

    - 79 -

     

    

 

	21.20	Dividends

 

		The Company shall not pay, make or declare any dividend
or other distribution to all or any of its shareholders whilst and for so long as (i) an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, and (ii) any Utilisation is outstanding under the Facility.

 

	21.21	Centre of main interests and establishment

 

		For the purposes of the Regulation, the Company shall
ensure that its centre of main interest (as that term is used in Article 3(1) of the Regulation) is situated in either Luxembourg,
Sweden, the United Kingdom or the United States of America and that it shall have no “establishment” (as that term
is used in Article 2(10) of the Regulation) in any other jurisdiction.

 

	22.	EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

		Each of the events or circumstances set out in this Clause
22 is an Event of Default, save for Clause 22.16 (Acceleration).

 

	22.1	Non-payment

 

		An Obligor does not pay on the due date any amount payable
pursuant to a Finance Document at the place at and in the currency in which it is expressed to be payable unless:

 

		(a)	its failure to pay is caused by:

 

		(i)	administrative or technical error; or

 

		(ii)	a Disruption Event; and

 

		(b)	payment is made within five Business Days of its due date.

 

	22.2	Financial covenants

 

		Any requirement of Clause 20 (Financial covenants)
is not satisfied.

 

	22.3	Other obligations

 

		(a)	

 

		(i)	An Obligor does not comply with the provision of Clauses 21.3 (Negative Pledge), 21.4 (Disposals), 21.6 (Pari
passu ranking), 21.9 (Joint Ventures), 21.13 (Anti-corruption law), 21.14 (Sanctions), 21.17 (Loans
and credit), 21.20 (Dividends) or 21.21 (Centre of main interests and establishment).

 

		(ii)	No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within
20 days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company, and (B) a member of the executive committee or the treasury
department of the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

    - 80 -

     

    

 

		(b)	

 

		(i)	An Obligor does not comply with any provision of the Finance Documents, other than those referred to in Clauses 22.1 (Non-payment),
20 (Financial covenants), paragraph (a) of 22.3 (Other obligations) and 21.16 (Financial Indebtedness).

 

		(ii)	No Event of Default under paragraph (a) above will occur if the failure to comply is capable of remedy and is remedied within
30 days of the earlier of (A) the Agent giving notice to the Company and (B) a member of the executive committee or the treasury
department of the Company becoming aware of the failure to comply.

 

	22.4	Misrepresentation

 

		Any representation or statement made or deemed to be
made by an Obligor in the Finance Documents or any other document delivered by or on behalf of any Obligor under or in connection
with any Finance Document is or proves to have been incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed to be
made, and, the circumstance or event giving rise to such misrepresentation, if capable of remedy, is not remedied within 21 days
of the earlier of the Agent giving notice to the Company and the Company becoming aware of the relevant misrepresentation.

 

	22.5	Cross Payment Default and Cross Acceleration

 

		(a)	The occurrence of a Cross Payment Default.

 

		(b)	The occurrence of a Cross Acceleration.

 

		(c)	No Event of Default will occur under this Clause 22.5 if the aggregate amount of Debt which is the subject of the events referred
to in paragraphs (a) and (b) above is less than US$ 50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) without
double counting.

 

	22.6	Insolvency

 

		(a)	A Material Company is unable or admits inability to pay its debts as they fall due, suspends making payments on any of its
debts or, by reason of actual or anticipated financial difficulties, commences negotiations with one or more of its creditors with
a view to rescheduling any of its indebtedness.

 

		(b)	The value of the assets of any Material Company is less than its liabilities (taking into account contingent and prospective
liabilities).

 

		(c)	A moratorium is declared in respect of any indebtedness of any Material Company.

 

    - 81 -

     

    

 

	22.7	Insolvency proceedings

 

		Any corporate action, legal proceedings or other procedure
or step is taken in relation to:

 

		(a)	the suspension of payments, a moratorium of any indebtedness, winding-up, dissolution, administration or reorganisation (by
way of voluntary arrangement, scheme of arrangement or otherwise) of any Material Company;

 

		(b)	a composition, compromise, assignment or arrangement with any creditor of any Material Company;

 

		(c)	the appointment of a liquidator (other than in respect of a solvent liquidation of a member of the Group which is not an Obligor),
receiver, administrative receiver, administrator, compulsory manager or other similar officer in respect of any Material Company
or any of its assets; or

 

		(d)	enforcement of any Lien over any assets of any Material Company,

 

		or any analogous procedure or step is taken in any jurisdiction.

 

		This Clause 22.7 shall not apply to any winding-up petition
which is frivolous or vexatious and is discharged, stayed or dismissed within 30 days of commencement.

 

	22.8	Creditors’ process

 

		Any attachment, sequestration, distress or execution
affects any asset or assets of a Material Company having an aggregate value of US$ 50,000,000 and is not discharged within 30
days or, where the Company reasonably believes such action is frivolous, vexatious or without merit, and is challenging such action
in good faith, it is not discharged within 180 days.

 

	22.9	Ownership of the Obligors

 

		An Obligor (other than the Company) is not or ceases
to be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

	22.10	Cessation of business

 

		Any member of the Group suspends or ceases to carry on
(or threatens to suspend or cease to carry on) all or a material part of its business, except as a result of a Permitted Reorganisation
or a Permitted Disposal.

 

	22.11	Unlawfulness

 

		It is or becomes unlawful for an Obligor to perform any
of its obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

	22.12	Repudiation

 

		An Obligor repudiates a Finance Document or evidences
an intention to repudiate a Finance Document.

 

    - 82 -

     

    

 

	22.13	Expropriation

 

		The authority or ability of any member of the Group to
conduct its business is limited or wholly or substantially curtailed by any seizure, expropriation, nationalisation, intervention,
restriction or other action by or on behalf of any governmental, regulatory or other authority or other person in relation to
any member of the Group or any of its assets, where such action has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

	22.14	Litigation

 

		Any litigation, arbitration, administrative, governmental,
regulatory or other investigations, proceedings or disputes are commenced or threatened, against any member of the Group or its
assets which, in the reasonable opinion of the Majority Lenders (having taken into account appropriate local legal advice):

 

		(a)	is likely to be adversely determined; and

 

		(b)	if adversely determined, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

	22.15	Material adverse change

 

		Any event or circumstance occurs which in the opinion
of the Majority Lenders (acting reasonably) has or is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

	22.16	Acceleration

 

		On and at any time after the occurrence of an Event of
Default which is continuing, the Agent may, and shall if so directed by the Majority Lenders, by notice to the Company:

 

		(a)	cancel the Total Commitments, at which time they shall immediately be cancelled;

 

		(b)	declare that all or part of the Loans, together with accrued interest, and all other amounts accrued or outstanding under the
Finance Documents be immediately due and payable, at which time they shall become immediately due and payable; and/or

 

		(c)	declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, at which time they shall immediately become payable on demand by
the Agent on the instructions of the Majority Lenders

 

    - 83 -

     

    

 

SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

 

	23.	CHANGES TO THE LENDERS

 

	23.1	Assignments and transfers by the Lenders

 

		Subject to this Clause 23, a Lender (the “Existing
Lender”) may:

 

		(a)	assign any of its rights; or

 

		(b)	transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,

 

		to (i) another bank or financial institution or (ii)
a trust, fund or other entity which is regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing
in loans, securities or other financial assets (a “Fund”) (the “New Lender”).

 

	23.2	Conditions of assignment or transfer

 

		(a)	The consent of the Company is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender unless the assignment or transfer
is:

 

		(i)	to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender (provided such Lender or its Affiliate is not a Fund); or

 

		(ii)	made at a time when an Event of Default is continuing; and

 

		(b)	The consent of the Company to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or delayed (provided that a
refusal to consent if the proposed assignee or transferee is a Fund, shall not be deemed unreasonable). The Company will be deemed
to have given its consent 10 Business Days after the Existing Lender has requested it (provided that the request for consent
is transmitted to two individuals at the Company whose details have been provided to the Agent in connection with Clause 30 (Notices))
unless consent is expressly refused by the Company within that time.

 

		(c)	An assignment will only be effective on:

 

		(i)	receipt by the Agent (whether in the Assignment Agreement or otherwise) of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form
and substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same obligations to the other Finance Parties as it
would have been under if it was an Original Lender; and

 

		(ii)	performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable
laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to
the Existing Lender and the New Lender.

 

		(d)	An assignment or transfer shall be in a minimum amount of US$ 5,000,000.

 

    - 84 -

     

    

 

		(e)	A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer) is complied with.

 

		(f)	If:

 

		(i)	a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents or changes its Facility Office;
and

 

		(ii)	as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to
make a payment to the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 12 (Tax gross-up and indemnities)
or Clause 13 (Increased costs),

 

			then the New Lender or Lender acting through its new
Facility Office is only entitled to receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender acting
through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or change had not occurred. This paragraph (f)
shall not apply in respect of an assignment or transfer made in the ordinary course of the primary syndication of the Facility.

 

		(g)	Each New Lender, by executing the relevant Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement, confirms, for the avoidance of doubt,
that the Agent has authority to execute on its behalf any amendment or waiver that has been approved by or on behalf of the requisite
Lender or Lenders in accordance with this Agreement on or prior to the date on which the transfer or assignment becomes effective
in accordance with this Agreement and that it is bound by that decision to the same extent as the Existing Lender would have been
had it remained a Lender.

 

	23.3	Assignment or transfer fee

 

			The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment
or transfer takes effect, pay to the Agent (for its own account) a fee of US$ 3,500.

 

	23.4	Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders

 

		(a)	Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no responsibility
to a New Lender for:

 

		(i)	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance Documents or any other documents;

 

		(ii)	the financial condition of any Obligor;

 

		(iii)	the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or any other documents; or

 

		(iv)	the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection with any Finance Document or any other document,

 

			and any representations or warranties implied by law
are excluded.

 

    - 85 -

     

    

 

		(b)	Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

 

		(i)	has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and assessment of the financial condition and affairs
of each Obligor and its related entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied exclusively
on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

		(ii)	will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of each Obligor and its related entities whilst
any amount is or may be outstanding under the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

 

		(c)	Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

 

		(i)	accept a re-transfer or re-assignment from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations assigned or transferred under
this Clause 23; or

 

		(ii)	support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of the non-performance by any Obligor of its
obligations under the Finance Documents or otherwise.

 

	23.5	Procedure for transfer

 

		(a)	Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a transfer is effected in accordance
with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing
Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after receipt by
it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.

 

		(b)	The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender
once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable
laws and regulations in relation to the transfer to such New Lender.

 

		(c)	Subject to Clause 23.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

		(i)	to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to transfer by novation its rights and obligations
under the Finance Documents each of the Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one
another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled
(being the “Discharged Rights and Obligations”);

 

		(ii)	each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one another and/or acquire rights against one another
which differ from the Discharged Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed and/or acquired
the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;

 

    - 86 -

     

    

 

		(iii)	the Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and the other Lenders shall acquire the same rights and assume the same obligations
between themselves as they would have acquired and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or obligations
acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the Agent, the Arranger and the Existing Lender shall
each be released from further obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and

 

		(iv)	the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

 

	23.6	Procedure for assignment

 

		(a)	Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) an assignment may be effected
in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an otherwise duly completed Assignment Agreement delivered to it
by the Existing Lender and the New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably practicable after
receipt by it of a duly completed Assignment Agreement appearing on its face to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, execute that Assignment Agreement.

 

		(b)	The Agent shall only be obliged to execute an Assignment Agreement delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the New Lender
once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable
laws and regulations in relation to the assignment to such New Lender.

 

		(c)	Subject to Clause 23.9 (Pro rata interest settlement), on the Transfer Date:

 

		(i)	the Existing Lender will assign absolutely to the New Lender the rights under the Finance Documents expressed to be the subject
of the assignment in the Assignment Agreement;

 

		(ii)	the Existing Lender will be released by each Obligor and the other Finance Parties from the obligations owed by it (the “Relevant
Obligations”) and expressed to be the subject of the release in the Assignment Agreement; and

 

		(iii)	the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender” and will be bound by obligations equivalent to the Relevant Obligations.

 

		(d)	Lenders may utilise procedures other than those set out in this Clause 23.6 to assign their rights under the Finance Documents
(but not, without the consent of the relevant Obligor or unless in accordance with Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer),
to obtain a release by that Obligor from the obligations owed to that Obligor by the Lenders nor the assumption of equivalent obligations
by a New Lender) provided that they comply with the conditions set out in Clause 23.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer).

 

    - 87 -

     

    

 

	23.7	Copy of Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation to Company

 

		The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after
it has executed a Transfer Certificate, an Assignment Agreement or an Increase Confirmation send to the Company a copy of that
Transfer Certificate, Assignment Agreement or Increase Confirmation.

 

	23.8	Security over Lenders’ rights

 

			In addition to the other rights provided to Lenders under
this Clause 23.8, each Lender may without consulting with or obtaining consent from any Obligor at any time charge, assign or
otherwise create Security in or over (whether by way of collateral or otherwise) all or any of its rights under any Finance Document
to secure obligations of that Lender including, without limitation:

 

		(a)	any charge, assignment or other Security to secure obligations to a federal reserve or central bank; and

 

		(b)	in the case of any Lender which is a Fund, any charge, assignment or other Security granted to any holders (or trustee or representatives
of holders) of obligations owed, or securities issued, by that Lender as Security for those obligations or securities,

 

			except that no such charge, assignment or Security shall:

 

		(i)	release a Lender from any of its obligations under the Finance Documents or substitute the beneficiary of the relevant charge,
assignment or Security for the Lender as a party to any of the Finance Documents; or

 

		(ii)	require any payments to be made by an Obligor or grant to any person any more extensive rights than those required to be made
or granted to the relevant Lender under the Finance Documents.

 

	23.9	Pro rata interest settlement

 

			If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is able
to distribute interest payments on a “pro rata basis” to Existing Lenders and New Lenders then (in respect
of any transfer pursuant to Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer) or any assignment pursuant to Clause 23.6 (Procedure
for assignment) the Transfer Date of which, in each case, is after the date of such notification and is not on the last day
of an Interest Period):

 

		(a)	any interest or fees in respect of the relevant participation which are expressed to accrue by reference to the lapse of time
shall continue to accrue in favour of the Existing Lender up to but excluding the Transfer Date (“Accrued Amounts”)
and shall become due and payable to the Existing Lender (without further interest accruing on them) on the last day of the current
Interest Period (or, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the next of the dates which falls at six Monthly intervals
after the first day of that Interest Period); and

 

    - 88 -

     

    

 

		(b)	the rights assigned or transferred by the Existing Lender will not include the right to the Accrued Amounts, so that, for the
avoidance of doubt:

 

		(i)	when the Accrued Amounts become payable, those Accrued Amounts will be payable to the Existing Lender; and

 

		(ii)	the amount payable to the New Lender on that date will be the amount which would, but for the application of this Clause 23.8,
have been payable to it on that date, but after deduction of the Accrued Amounts.

 

		(c)	In this Clause 23.9 references to “Interest Period” shall be construed to include a reference to any other period
for accrual of fees.

 

	24.	CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS

 

	24.1	Assignments and transfers by Obligors

 

		No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any
of its rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

	24.2	Additional Borrowers

 

		(a)	Subject to compliance with the provisions of paragraphs (c) and (d) of Clause 19.7 (“Know your customer” checks),
the Company may request that any of its wholly owned Subsidiaries becomes an Additional Borrower. That Subsidiary shall become
an Additional Borrower if:

 

		(i)	all the Lenders approve the addition of that Subsidiary;

 

		(ii)	the Company delivers to the Agent a duly completed and executed Accession Letter;

 

		(iii)	the Company confirms that no Default is continuing or would occur as a result of that Subsidiary becoming an Additional Borrower;
and

 

		(iv)	the Agent has received all of the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent)
in relation to that Additional Borrower, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent.

 

		(b)	The Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being satisfied that it has received (in form and substance
satisfactory to it) all the documents and other evidence listed in Part II of Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent).

 

		(c)	Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Agent in writing to the contrary before the Agent gives the notification
described in paragraph (b) above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Agent shall
not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

    - 89 -

     

    

 

	24.3	Resignation of a Borrower

 

		(a)	The Company may request that a Borrower (other than the Company) ceases to be a Borrower by delivering to the Agent a Resignation
Letter.

 

		(b)	The Agent shall accept a Resignation Letter and notify the Company and the Lenders of its acceptance if:

 

		(i)	no Default is continuing or would result from the acceptance of the Resignation Letter (and the Company has confirmed this
is the case); and

 

		(ii)	the Borrower is under no actual or contingent obligations as a Borrower under any Finance Documents,

 

			at which time that company shall cease to be a Borrower
and shall have no further rights or obligations under the Finance Documents.

 

	24.4	Repetition of Representations

 

			Delivery of an Accession Letter constitutes confirmation
by the relevant Subsidiary that the Repeating Representations are true and correct in relation to it as at the date of delivery
as if made by reference to the facts and circumstances then existing.

 

    - 90 -

     

    

 

SECTION 10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

	25.	ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGER

 

	25.1	Appointment of the Agent

 

		(a)	Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

		(b)	Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and discretions specifically given
to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and
discretions.

 

	25.2	Duties of the Agent

 

		(a)	Subject to paragraph (b) below, the Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is
delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.

 

		(b)	Without prejudice to Clause 23.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company), paragraph (a) above
shall not apply to any Transfer Certificate or to any Assignment Agreement.

 

		(c)	Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to review or check the adequacy,
accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another Party.

 

		(d)	If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default and stating that the circumstance
described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

		(e)	If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, commitment fee or other fee payable to a Finance Party
(other than the Agent or the Arranger) under this Agreement it shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.

 

		(f)	The Agent shall have only those duties, obligations and responsibilities expressly specified in the Finance Documents to which
it is expressed to be a party (and no others shall be implied).

 

		(g)	The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in nature.

 

	25.3	Role of the Arranger

 

			Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents,
the Arranger has no obligations of any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

 

    - 91 -

     

    

 

	25.4	No fiduciary duties

 

		(a)	Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of any other person.

 

		(b)	Neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the profit element of any sum received
by it for its own account.

 

	25.5	Business with the Group

 

			The Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from,
lend money to and generally engage in any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

 

	25.6	Rights and discretions of the Agent

 

		(a)	The Agent may rely on:

 

		(i)	any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised;

 

		(ii)	any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person regarding any matters which may reasonably
be assumed to be within his knowledge or within his power to verify; and

 

		(iii)	a certificate from any person:

 

		(A)	as to any matter of fact or circumstance which might reasonably be expected to be within the knowledge of that person; or

 

		(B)	to the effect that such person approves of any particular dealing, transaction, step, action or thing,

 

		as sufficient evidence that that is the case and, in
the case of paragraph (A) above, may assume the truth and accuracy of that certificate.

 

		(b)	The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent for the Lenders) that:

 

		(i)	no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising under Clause 22.1 (Non-payment));

 

		(ii)	any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority Lenders has not been exercised; and

 

		(iii)	any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) is made on behalf of and with
the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

 

		(c)	The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants, surveyors or other experts.

 

    - 92 -

     

    

 

		(d)	The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

 

		(e)	The Agent may disclose to any other Party any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

 

		(f)	Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the Agent nor the Arranger is obliged
to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach
of a fiduciary duty or duty of confidentiality.

 

	25.7	Majority Lenders’ instructions

 

		(a)	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any right, power, authority or discretion
vested in it as Agent in accordance with any instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority
Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any
act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

 

		(b)	The Agent shall be entitled to request instructions, or clarification of any instruction, from the Majority Lenders (or if
the relevant Finance Document stipulates the matter is a decision for any other Lender or group of Lenders, from that Lender or
group of Lenders) as to whether, and in what manner, it should exercise or refrain from exercising any right, power, authority
or discretion and the Agent may refrain from acting unless and until it receives any such instructions or clarification that it
has requested.

 

		(c)	Save in the case of decisions stipulated to be a matter for any other Lender or group of Lenders under the relevant Finance
Document and unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the Majority Lenders shall override
any conflicting instructions given by any other Parties and will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

 

		(d)	The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders)
until it has received any indemnification and/or such security as it may in its discretion require (which may be greater in extent
than that contained in the Finance Documents and which may include payment in advance) for any cost, loss or liability (together
with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying with the instructions.

 

		(e)	In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders, (or, if appropriate, the Lenders) the Agent may act (or refrain from
taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest of the Lenders.

 

		(f)	The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that Lender’s consent) in any legal
or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 

    - 93 -

     

    

 

	25.8	Responsibility for documentation

 

			Neither the Agent nor the Arranger:

 

		(a)	is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information (whether oral or written) supplied by the
Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other person given in or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

		(b)	is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement,
arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance Document; or

 

		(c)	is responsible for any determination as to whether any information provided or to be provided to any Finance Party is non-public
information the use of which may be regulated or prohibited by applicable law or regulation relating to insider dealing or otherwise.

 

	25.9	No duty to monitor

 

			The Agent shall not be bound to enquire:

 

		(a)	whether or not any Default has occurred;

 

		(b)	as to the performance, default or any breach by any Party of its obligations under any Finance Document; or

 

		(c)	whether any other event specified in any Finance Document has occurred.

 

	25.10	Exclusion of liability

 

		(a)	Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph (e) of Clause 28.11 (Disruption
to Payment Systems etc.)), the Agent will not be liable (including, without limitation, for negligence or any other category
of liability whatsoever) for:

 

		(i)	any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value, or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of taking
or not taking any action under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful
misconduct;

 

		(ii)	exercising, or not exercising, any right, power, authority or discretion given to it by, or in connection with, any Finance
Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection
with, any Finance Document, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct; or

 

		(iii)	without prejudice to the generality of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above, any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution
in value or any liability whatsoever arising as a result of:

 

    - 94 -

     

    

 

		(A)	any act, event or circumstance not reasonably within its control; or

 

		(B)	the general risks of investment in, or the holding of assets in, any jurisdiction,

 

			including (in each case and without limitation) such
damages, costs, losses, diminution in value or liability arising as a result of: nationalisation, expropriation or other governmental
actions; any regulation, currency restriction, devaluation or fluctuation; market conditions affecting the execution or settlement
of transactions or the value of assets (including any Disruption Event); breakdown, failure or malfunction of any third party
transport, telecommunications, computer services or systems; natural disasters or acts of God; war, terrorism, insurrection or
revolution; or strikes or industrial action.

 

		(b)	No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of the Agent in respect of
any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in
relation to any Finance Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.4
(Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

		(c)	The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an account with an amount required under
the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply
with the regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by the Agent for that purpose.

 

		(d)	Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out:

 

		(i)	any “know your customer” or other checks in relation to any person; or

 

		(ii)	any check on the extent to which any transaction contemplated by this Agreement might be unlawful for any Lender,

 

			on behalf of any Lender and each Lender confirms to the
Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is required to carry out and that it may not rely
on any statement in relation to such checks made by the Agent or the Arranger.

 

		(e)	Without prejudice to any provision of any Finance Document excluding or limiting the Agent’s liability, any liability
of the Agent arising under or in connection with any Finance Document shall be limited to the amount of actual loss which has been
finally judicially determined to have been suffered (as determined by reference to the date of default of the Agent or, if later,
the date on which the loss arises as a result of such default) but without reference to any special conditions or circumstances
known to the Agent at any time which increase the amount of that loss. In no event shall the Agent be liable for any loss of profits,
goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving,or for special, punitive, indirect or consequential
damages, whether or not the Agent has been advised of the possibility of such loss or damages.

 

    - 95 -

     

    

 

	25.11	Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent

 

		Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the
Total Commitments or, if the Total Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their
reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any cost, loss or liability (including,
without limitation, for negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever) incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason
of the Agent’s gross negligence or wilful misconduct) (or, in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to Clause
28.11 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc.) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence, gross negligence or any other
category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance
Documents (unless the Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 

	25.12	Resignation of the Agent

 

		(a)	The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United Kingdom, Sweden or Norway as
successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company.

 

		(b)	Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving 30 days’ notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company, in which case
the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent.

 

		(c)	If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b) above within 20 days after notice
of resignation was given, the retiring Agent (after consultation with the Company) may appoint a successor Agent (acting through
an office in the United Kingdom).

 

		(d)	The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such documents and records and provide such
assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance
Documents.

 

		(e)	The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.

 

		(f)	Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further obligation in respect of the Finance
Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of this Clause 25. Any successor and each of the other Parties shall have the
same rights and obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original Party.

 

		(g)	After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent, require it to resign in accordance with
paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

 

		(h)	The Agent shall resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above (and, to the extent applicable, shall use reasonable endeavours
to appoint a successor Agent pursuant to paragraph (c) above) if on or after the
date which is three months before the earliest FATCA Application Date relating to any payment to the Agent under the Finance Documents,
either:

 

    - 96 -

     

    

 

		(i)	the Agent fails to respond to a request under Clause 12.7 (FATCA Information) and the Company or a Lender reasonably
believes that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date;

 

		(ii)	the information supplied by the Agent pursuant to Clause 12.7 (FATCA Information) indicates that the Agent will not
be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party on or after that FATCA Application Date; or

 

		(iii)	the Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the Agent will not be (or will have ceased to be) a FATCA Exempt Party
on or after that FATCA Application Date,

 

and (in each case) the Company or a Lender reasonably
believes that a Party will be required to make a FATCA Deduction that would not be required if the Agent were a FATCA Exempt Party,
and the Company or that Lender, by notice to the Agent, requires it to resign.

 

		25.13	Confidentiality

 

		(a)	In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its agency division which shall be
treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or departments.

 

		(b)	If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated as confidential to that division
or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have notice of it.

 

		25.14	Relationship with the Lenders

 

		(a)	Subject to Clause 23.9 (Pro rata Interest Settlement), the Agent may treat the person shown in its records as Lender
at the opening of business (in the place of the Agent’s principal office as notified to the Finance Parties from time to
time) as the Lender acting through its Facility Office:

 

		(i)	entitled to or liable for any payment due under any Finance Document on that day; and

 

		(ii)	entitled to receive and act upon any notice, request, document or communication or make any decision or determination under
any Finance Document made or delivered on that day,

 

unless it has received not less than five Business Days’
prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

    - 97 -

     

    

 

		(b)	Any Lender may by notice to the Agent appoint a person to receive on its behalf all notices, communications, information and
documents to be made or despatched to that Lender under the Finance Documents.
Such notice shall contain the address, fax number and (where communication by electronic mail or other electronic means is permitted
under Clause 30.6 (Electronic communication)) electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the
sending and receipt of information by that means (and, in each case, the department or officer, if any, for whose attention communication
is to be made) and be treated as a notification of a substitute address, fax number, electronic mail address, department and officer
by that Lender for the purposes of Clause 30.2 (Addresses) and paragraph (a)(ii) of Clause 30.6 (Electronic communication)
and the Agent shall be entitled to treat such person as the person entitled to receive all such notices, communications, information
and documents as though that person were that Lender.

 

		25.15	Credit appraisal by the Lenders

 

Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor
for information supplied by it or on its behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and
the Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own independent appraisal and investigation
of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance Document including but not limited to:

 

		(a)	the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;

 

		(b)	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance Document and any other agreement, arrangement
or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;

 

		(c)	whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse, against any Party or any of its respective assets
under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other agreement,
arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document; and

 

		(d)	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Annual Report and any other information provided by the Agent, any Party
or by any other person under or in connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents
or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of, under or in connection with
any Finance Document.

 

		25.16	Reference Banks

 

If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not
a Lender, the Lender of which it is an Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint
another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

 

		25.17	Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent

 

If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the
Finance Documents the Agent may, after giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any  payment
to that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and apply the amount deducted in
or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received
any amount so deducted.

 

    - 98 -

     

    

 

		25.18	Role of Reference Banks

 

		(a)	No Reference Bank is under any obligation to provide a quotation or any other information to the Agent.

 

		(b)	No Reference Bank will be liable for any action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document in its capacity
as a Reference Bank, or for any Reference Bank Quotation, unless directly caused by its gross negligence or wilful misconduct.

 

		(c)	No Party (other than the relevant Reference Bank) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or agent of any Reference
Bank in respect of any claim it might have against that Reference Bank or in respect of any act or omission of any kind by that
officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance Document, or to any Reference Bank Quotation, and any officer, employee or
agent of each Reference Bank may rely on this Clause subject to Clause 1.4 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the
Third Parties Act.

 

		25.19	Third party Reference Banks

 

Any Reference Bank may rely on Clause 25.18 (Role
of Reference Banks), Clause 35 (Confidentiality) and paragraph (b) of Clause 34.2 (Exceptions) subject to Clause
1.4 (Third party rights) and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

		26.	CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

No provision of this Agreement will:

 

		(a)	interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;

 

		(b)	oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or repayment available to it or the extent,
order and manner of any claim; or

 

		(c)	oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax or otherwise) or any computations in respect
of Tax.

 

		27.	SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES

 

		27.1	Payments to Finance Parties

 

		(a)	If
                                         a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers
                                         any amount from an Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment mechanics)
                                         (a “Recovered Amount”) and applies that amount to a payment due
                                         under the Finance Documents then:

 

    - 99 -

     

    

 

		(i)	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of the receipt or recovery to the Agent;

 

		(ii)	the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the amount the Recovering Finance Party would have
been paid had the receipt or recovery been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 28 (Payment
mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution;
and

 

		(iii)	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing
Payment”) equal to such receipt or recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering
Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 28.6 (Partial payments).

 

		27.2	Redistribution of payments

 

The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it
had been paid by the relevant Obligor and distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) (the
 “Sharing Finance Parties”) in accordance with Clause 28.6 (Partial payments) towards the obligations
of that Obligor to the Sharing Finance Parties.

 

		27.3	Recovering Finance Party’s rights

 

On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 27.2 (Redistribution
of payments) of a payment received by a Recovering Finance Party from an Obligor as between the relevant Obligor and the Recovering
Finance Party, an amount of the Recovered Amount equal to the Sharing Payment will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

		27.4	Reversal of redistribution

 

If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered
by a Recovering Finance Party becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

 

		(a)	each Sharing Finance Party shall, upon request of the Agent, pay to the Agent for the account of that Recovering Finance Party
an amount equal to the appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is necessary to reimburse
that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is
required to pay) (the “Redistributed Amount”); and

 

		(b)	as between the relevant Obligor and each relevant Sharing Finance Party, an amount equal to the relevant Redistributed Amount
will be treated as not having been paid by that Obligor.

 

    - 100 -

     

    

 

		27.5	Exceptions

 

		(a)	This Clause 27 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not, after making any payment pursuant
to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against the relevant Obligor.

 

		(b)	A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount which the Recovering Finance Party
has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or arbitration proceedings, if:

 

		(i)	it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and

 

		(ii)	that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon
as reasonably practicable having received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 

    - 101 -

     

    

 

SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

 

		28.	PAYMENT MECHANICS

 

		28.1	Payments to the Agent

 

		(a)	On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance Document, that Obligor or Lender
shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date
at the time and in such funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in the relevant
currency in the place of payment.

 

		(b)	Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency and with such bank
as the Agent, in each case, specifies.

 

		28.2	Distributions by the Agent

 

Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance
Documents for another Party shall, subject to Clause 28.3 (Distributions to an Obligor), Clause 28.4 (Clawback and pre-funding)
and Clause 25.17 (Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent) be made available by the Agent as soon as practicable after
receipt to the Party entitled to receive payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of
its Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five Business Days’ notice with
a bank specified by that Party in the principal financial centre of the country of that currency.

 

		28.3	Distributions to an Obligor

 

The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or
in accordance with Clause 29 (Set-off)) apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date
and in the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance Documents or in or towards purchase
of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

 

		28.4	Clawback and pre-funding

 

		(a)	Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the Agent is not obliged to pay that
sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its
satisfaction that it has actually received that sum.

 

		(b)	Unless paragraph (c) below applies, if the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent
had not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any related exchange contract) was
paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to
the date of receipt by the Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

 

		(c)	If the Agent has notified the Lenders that it is willing to make available amounts for the account of a Borrower before receiving
funds from the Lenders then if and to the extent that the Agent does so but it proves
to be the case that it does not then receive funds from a Lender in respect of a sum which it paid to a Borrower:

  

    - 102 -

     

    

 

		(i)	the Agent shall notify the Company of that Lender’s identity and the Borrower to whom that sum was made available shall
on demand refund it to the Agent; and

 

		(ii)	the Lender by whom those funds should have been made available or, if that Lender fails to do so, the Borrower to whom that
sum was made available, shall on demand pay to the Agent the amount (as certified by the Agent) which will indemnify the Agent
against any funding cost incurred by it as a result of paying out that sum before receiving those funds from that Lender.

 

		28.5	Impaired Agent

 

		(a)	If, at any time, the Agent becomes an Impaired Agent, an Obligor or a Lender which is required to make a payment under the
Finance Documents to the Agent in accordance with Clause 28.1 (Payments to the Agent) may instead either:

 

		(i)	pay that amount direct to the required recipient(s); or

 

		(ii)	if in its absolute discretion it considers that it is not reasonably practicable to pay that amount direct to the required
recipient(s), pay that amount or the relevant part of that amount to an interest-bearing account held with an Acceptable Bank and
in relation to which no Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing, in the name of the relevant Borrower or the Lender making
the payment (the “Paying Party”) and designated as a trust account for the benefit of the Party or Parties beneficially
entitled to that payment under the Finance Documents (the “Recipient Party” or “Recipient Parties”).
In each case such payments must be made on the due date for payment under the Finance Documents.

 

		(b)	All interest accrued on the amount standing to the credit of the trust account shall be for the benefit of the Recipient Party
or the Recipient Parties pro rata to their respective entitlements.

 

		(c)	A Party which has made a payment in accordance with this Clause 28.5 shall be discharged of the relevant payment obligation
under the Finance Documents and shall not take any credit risk with respect to the amounts standing to the credit of the trust
account.

 

		(d)	A Paying Party shall, promptly upon request by a Recipient Party and to the extent that it has been provided with the necessary
information by that Recipient Party, give all requisite instructions to the bank with whom the trust account is held to transfer the relevant amount (together with
any accrued interest) to that Recipient Party.

 

    - 103 -

     

    

 

		28.6	Partial payments

 

		(a)	If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due and payable by an Obligor under
the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in
the following order:

 

		(i)	first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid amount owing to the Agent and the Arranger under the Finance
Documents;

 

		(ii)	secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or commission due but unpaid under this
Agreement;

 

		(iii)	thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under this Agreement; and

 

		(iv)	fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under the Finance Documents.

 

		(b)	The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs (a)(ii) to (iv) above.

 

		(c)	Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

 

		28.7	No set-off by Obligors

 

All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance
Documents shall be calculated and be made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

 

		28.8	Business Days

 

		(a)	Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the next Business Day in the same
calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day (if there is not).

 

		(b)	During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this Agreement interest is payable on
the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the original due date.

 

		28.9	Currency of account

 

		(a)	Subject to paragraphs (b) and (c) below, the dollar is the currency of account and payment for any sum due from an Obligor
under any Finance Document.

 

		(b)	Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which the costs, expenses or Taxes are
incurred.

 

    - 104 -

     

    

 

		(c)	Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than dollars shall be paid in that other currency.

 

		28.10	Change of currency

 

		(a)	Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the same time recognised by the central
bank of any country as the lawful currency of that country, then:

 

		(i)	any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the Finance Documents in, the currency of that
country shall be translated into, or paid in, the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after consultation
with the Company); and

 

		(ii)	any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the official rate of exchange recognised by the central
bank for the conversion of that currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting reasonably).

 

		(b)	If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent (acting reasonably and after
consultation with the Company) specifies to be necessary, be amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market
practice in the Relevant Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

 

		28.11	Disruption to Payment Systems etc.

 

If either the Agent determines (in its discretion)
that a Disruption Event has occurred or the Agent is notified by the Company that a Disruption Event has occurred:

 

		(a)	the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Company, consult with the Company with a view to agreeing with the Company
such changes to the operation or administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;

 

		(b)	the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Company in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its
opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;

 

		(c)	the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged
to do so if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

		(d)	any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Company shall (whether or not it is finally determined that a Disruption
Event has occurred) be binding upon the Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance
Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 34 (Amendments and Waivers);

 

		(e)	the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses to any person, any diminution in value or any liability whatsoever
(including, without limitation for negligence, gross negligence or any other category
of liability whatsoever but not including any claim based on the fraud of the Agent) arising as a result of its taking, or failing
to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this Clause 28.11; and

 

    - 105 -

     

    

 

		(f)	the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to paragraph (d) above.

 

		29.	SET-OFF

 

		(a)	A Finance Party may set off any matured obligation due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially
owned by that Finance Party) against any matured obligation owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor, regardless of the place
of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party
may convert either obligation at a market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

 

		30.	NOTICES

 

		30.1	Communications in writing

 

Any communication to be made under or in connection
with the Finance Documents shall be made in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

 

		30.2	Addresses

 

The address and fax number (and the department or
officer, if any, for whose attention the communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made
or delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

 

		(a)	in the case of the Company, that identified with its name below;

 

		(b)	in the case of each Lender or any other Obligor, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to the date on which it
becomes a Party; and

 

		(c)	in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,

 

or any substitute address or fax number or department
or officer as the Party may notify to the Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent)
by not less than five Business Days’ notice.

 

		30.3	Delivery

 

		(a)	Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in connection with the Finance Documents
will only be effective:

 

		(i)	if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or

 

		(ii)	if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or five Business Days after being deposited in the post
postage prepaid in an envelope addressed to it at that address,  and, if a particular department or officer is specified
as part of its address details provided under Clause 30.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

 

    - 106 -

     

    

 

		(b)	Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only when actually received by the Agent
and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature
below (or any substitute department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).

 

		(c)	All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.

 

		(d)	Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause will be deemed to have been made
or delivered to each of the Obligors.

 

		(e)	Any communication or document which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraphs (a) to (d) above after 5.00 p.m. in the
place of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

		30.4	Notification of address and fax number

 

Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address
and fax number or change of address or fax number pursuant to Clause 30.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax
number, the Agent shall notify the other Parties.

 

		30.5	Communication when Agent is Impaired Agent

 

If the Agent is an Impaired Agent the Parties may,
instead of communicating with each other through the Agent, communicate with each other directly and (while the Agent is an Impaired
Agent) all the provisions of the Finance Documents which require communications to be made or notices to be given to or by the
Agent shall be varied so that communications may be made and notices given to or by the relevant Parties directly. This provision
shall not operate after a replacement Agent has been appointed.

 

		30.6	Electronic communication

 

		(a)	Any communication to be made between any two Parties under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be made by electronic
mail or other electronic means to the extent that those two Parties agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this
is to be an accepted form of communication and if those two Parties:

 

		(i)	notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other information required to enable the sending and
receipt of information by that means; and

 

		(ii)	notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information supplied by them by not less than five Business
Days’ notice.

 

		(b)	Any electronic communication made between those two Parties will be effective only when actually received in readable form
and in the case of any electronic communication made by a Party to the Agent only if it
is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for this purpose.

 

    - 107 -

     

    

 

		(c)	Any electronic communication which becomes effective, in accordance with paragraph (b) above, after 5.00 p.m. in the place
of receipt shall be deemed only to become effective on the following day.

 

		30.7	English language

 

		(a)	Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.

 

		(b)	All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

 

		(i)	in English; or

 

		(ii)	if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified English translation and, in this case, the English
translation will prevail unless the document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

 

		31.	CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

 

		31.1	Accounts

 

In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising
out of or in connection with a Finance Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie
evidence of the matters to which they relate.

 

		31.2	Certificates and determinations

 

Any certification or determination by a Finance Party
of a rate or amount under any Finance Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which
it relates.

 

		31.3	Day count convention

 

Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance
Document will accrue from day to day and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days
or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance with that market practice.

 

		32.	PARTIAL INVALIDITY

 

If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents
is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality, validity
or enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of such provision under the law of any
other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or impaired.

 

    - 108 -

     

    

 

		33.	REMEDIES AND WAIVERS

 

No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising,
on the part of any Finance Party, any right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver of any such right or
remedy or constitute an election to affirm any of the Finance Documents. No election to affirm any of the Finance Documents on
the part of any Finance Party shall be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any right or remedy
shall prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this
Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.

 

		34.	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

		34.1	Required consents

 

		(a)	Subject to Clause 34.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or waived only with the consent
of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment or waiver will be binding on all Parties.

 

		(b)	The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by this Clause.

 

		34.2	Exceptions

 

		(a)	An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

 

		(i)	the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);

 

		(ii)	an extension to the date of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

		(iii)	an increase or reduction in the Margin or an increase or reduction in the amount of any payment of principal, interest, fees
or commission payable;

 

		(iv)	a change in currency of payment of any amount under the Finance Documents;

 

		(v)	an increase in any Commitment or the Total Commitments, an extension of any Availability Period or any requirement that a cancellation
of Commitments reduces the Commitments of the Lenders rateably under the relevant Facility;

 

		(vi)	a change to the Borrowers other than in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Obligors) or the Guarantor;

 

		(vii)	any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders;

 

		(viii)	Clause 2.3 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 7 (Prepayment and cancellation), Clause 12
(Tax Gross-Up and Indemnities) (but only to the extent it relates to FATCA), Clause 18.18 (Sanctions), Clause 21.14
(Sanctions), Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders), this Clause 34, Clause 38 (Governing
law) or Clause 39.1 (Jurisdiction); or

 

    - 109 -

     

    

 

		(ix)	the nature or scope of the guarantee and indemnity granted under Clause 17 (Guarantee and indemnity),

 

shall not be made without the prior consent of all the
Lenders.

 

		(b)	An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent, the Arranger or a Reference Bank (each in their
capacity as such) may not be effected without the consent of the Agent, the Arranger or that Reference Bank as the case may be.

 

		34.3	Replacement of Screen Rate

 

Subject to paragraph (a) of Clause 34.2 (Exceptions),
any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

(a)           providing
for the use of a Replacement Benchmark; and

 

(b)

 

		(i)	aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

 

		(ii)	enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation,
any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

		(iii)	implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

 

		(iv)	providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

 

		(v)	adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one
Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating
any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be
determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation), 

 

may be made with the consent of the Agent (acting
on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Company.

 

    - 110 -

     

    

 

If any Lender fails to respond to a request for a
consent pursuant to this Clause 34.3 within 20 Business Days (unless the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in
relation to such request) of that request being made:

 

		(a)	that Lender shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the Facility when ascertaining
whether the agreement of the majority of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

		(b)	its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of the Majority Lenders has
been obtained to approve that request.

 

		34.4	Replacement of Lenders

 

		(a)	If:

 

		(i)	any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender (as defined in paragraph (d) below); or

 

		(ii)	an Obligor becomes obliged to repay any amount in accordance with Clause 7.1 (Illegality) or to pay additional amounts
pursuant to Clause 13 (Increased costs), Clause 12.2 (Tax gross-up) or Clause 12.3 (Tax Indemnity), to any
Lender;

 

then the Company may, on at least 10 Business Days’
prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and, to the extent permitted
by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights
and obligations under this Agreement to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity (a “Replacement
Lender”) selected by the Company, and which confirms its willingness to assume and does assume all the obligations of
the transferring Lender in accordance with Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the
time of transfer in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding
Utilisations and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.9 (Pro rata
interest settlement)), Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents.

 

		(b)	The replacement of a Lender pursuant to this Clause 34.4 shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

		(i)	the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent in its capacity as agent of the Finance Parties;

 

		(ii)	neither the Agent nor the Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Lender;

 

		(iii)	in the event of a replacement of a Non-Consenting Lender such replacement must take place no later than 30 Business Days after
the date on which that Lender is deemed a Non-Consenting Lender;

 

    - 111 -

     

    

 

		(iv)	in no event shall the Lender replaced under Clause 34.4 be required to pay or surrender to such Replacement Lender any of the
fees received by such Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

		(v)	the Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it is satisfied
that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and
regulations in relation to that transfer.

 

		(c)	A Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following delivery
of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it has complied
with those checks.

 

		(d)	In the event that:

 

		(i)	the Company or the Agent (at the request of the Company) has requested the Lenders to give a consent in relation to, or to
agree to a waiver or amendment of, any provisions of the Finance Documents;

 

		(ii)	the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the approval of all the Lenders; and

 

		(iii)	Lenders whose Commitments aggregate in the case of a consent, waiver or amendment requiring the approval of all the Lenders,
more than 85 per cent. of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been reduced to zero, aggregated more than 85
per cent. of the Total Commitments prior to that reduction) have consented or agreed to such waiver or amendment, then any Lender
who does not and continues not to consent or agree to such waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “Non-Consenting Lender”.

 

		34.5	Disenfranchisement of Defaulting Lenders

 

		(a)	For so long as a Defaulting Lender has any Available Commitment, in ascertaining:

 

		(i)	the Majority Lenders; or

 

		(ii)	whether:

 

		(A)	any given percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of the Total Commitments under the Facility; or

 

		(B)	the agreement of any specified group of Lenders,

 

has been obtained to approve any request for a consent,
waiver, amendment or other vote under the Finance Documents, that Defaulting Lender’s Commitment under the relevant Facility
will be reduced by the amount of its Available Commitment under the relevant Facility and to the extent that that reduction results
in that Defaulting Lender’s Total Commitments being zero, that Defaulting Lender shall be deemed not to be a Lender
for the purposes of paragraphs (i) and (ii) above.

 

    - 112 -

     

    

 

		(b)	For the purposes of this Clause 34.4, the Agent may assume that the following Lenders are Defaulting Lenders:

 

		(i)	any Lender which has notified the Agent that it has become a Defaulting Lender;

 

		(ii)	any Lender in relation to which it is aware that any of the events or circumstances referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c)
of the definition of “Defaulting Lender” has occurred,

 

unless it has received notice to the contrary from the
Lender concerned (together with any supporting evidence reasonably requested by the Agent) or the Agent is otherwise aware that
the Lender has ceased to be a Defaulting Lender.

 

		34.6	Excluded Commitments

 

If any Defaulting Lender fails to respond to a request
for a consent, waiver, amendment of or in relation to any term of any Finance Document or any other vote of Lenders under the terms
of this Agreement within 10 Business Days (unless the Company and the Agent agree to a longer time period in relation to any request)
of that request being made:

 

		(a)	its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments under the relevant Facility when
ascertaining whether any relevant percentage (including, for the avoidance of doubt, unanimity) of Total Commitments has been obtained
to approve that request; and

 

		(b)	its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of
Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

		34.7	Replacement of a Defaulting Lender

 

		(a)	The Company may, at any time a Lender has become and continues to be a Defaulting Lender, by giving at least 10 Business Days’
prior written notice to the Agent and such Lender:

 

		(i)	replace such Lender by requiring such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to
Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) all (and not part only) of its rights and obligations under this Agreement; or

 

		(ii)	require such Lender to (and to the extent permitted by law, such Lender shall) transfer pursuant to Clause 23 (Changes to
the Lenders) all (and not part only) of the undrawn Commitment of the Lender,

 

to a Lender or other bank, financial institution, trust,
fund or other entity (a “Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender”) selected by the Company which confirms its willingness
to assume and does assume all the obligations or all the relevant obligations of the transferring Lender in accordance with
Clause 23 (Changes to the Lenders) for a purchase price in cash payable at the time of transfer which is either:

 

    - 113 -

     

    

 

		(A)	in an amount equal to the outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s participation in the outstanding Utilisations
and all accrued interest (to the extent that the Agent has not given a notification under Clause 23.9 (Pro rata interest settlement)),
Break Costs and other amounts payable in relation thereto under the Finance Documents; or

 

		(B)	in an amount agreed between that Defaulting Lender, the Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender and the Company and which does not
exceed the amount described in paragraph (A) above.

 

		(b)	Any transfer of rights and obligations of a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this Clause shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

		(i)	the Company shall have no right to replace the Agent in its capacity as agent of the Finance Parties;

 

		(ii)	neither the Agent nor the Defaulting Lender shall have any obligation to the Company to find a Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender;

 

		(iii)	the transfer must take place no later than 10 Business Days after the notice referred to in paragraph (a) above unless any
failure to effect the transfer within that period is due to the Defaulting Lender’s failure to complete the checks referred
to in paragraph (b)(iv) below;

 

		(iv)	in no event shall the Defaulting Lender be required to pay or surrender to the Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender any of the
fees received by the Defaulting Lender pursuant to the Finance Documents; and

 

		(v)	the Defaulting Lender shall only be obliged to transfer its rights and obligations pursuant to paragraph (a) above once it
is satisfied that it has complied with all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable
laws and regulations in relation to that transfer to the Replacement Non-Defaulting Lender.

 

		(c)	The Defaulting Lender shall perform the checks described in paragraph (b)(v) above as soon as reasonably practicable following
delivery of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above and shall notify the Agent and the Company when it is satisfied that it
has complied with those checks.

 

		35.	CONFIDENTIALITY

 

		35.1	Confidential Information

 

Each Finance Party agrees to keep all Confidential
Information confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by Clause 35.2 (Disclosure of Confidential
Information) and Clause 35.3 (Disclosure to numbering service providers), and to ensure that all Confidential
Information is protected with security measures and a degree of care that would apply to its own confidential information.

 

    - 114 -

     

    

 

		35.2	Disclosure of Confidential Information

 

Any Finance Party may disclose:

 

		(a)	to any of its Affiliates and Related Funds and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors,
partners and Representatives such Confidential Information as that Finance Party shall consider appropriate if any person to whom
the Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (a) is informed in writing of its confidential nature and
that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement
to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise
bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information;

 

		(b)	to any person:

 

		(i)	to (or through) whom it assigns or transfers (or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations
under one or more Finance Documents and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional
advisers;

 

		(ii)	with (or through) whom it enters into (or may potentially enter into), whether directly or indirectly, any sub-participation
in relation to, or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to, one or more Finance
Documents and/or one or more Obligors and to any of that person’s Affiliates, Related Funds, Representatives and professional
advisers;

 

		(iii)	appointed by any Finance Party or by a person to whom sub paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above applies to receive communications,
notices, information or documents delivered pursuant to the Finance Documents on its behalf (including, without limitation, any
person appointed under paragraph (b) of Clause 25.14 (Relationship with the Lenders));

 

		(iv)	who invests in or otherwise finances (or may potentially invest in or otherwise finance), directly or indirectly, any transaction
referred to in paragraph (b)(i) or (ii) above;

 

		(v)	to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental, banking,
taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable
law or regulation;

 

		(vi)	to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration, administrative
or other investigations, proceedings or disputes;

 

    - 115 -

     

    

 

		(vii)	to whom or for whose benefit that Finance Party charges, assigns or otherwise creates Security (or may do so) pursuant to Clause
23.8 (Security over Lenders’ rights);

 

		(viii)	who is a Party; or

 

		(ix)	with the consent of the Company;

 

in each case, such Confidential Information as that
Finance Party shall consider appropriate if:

 

		(A)	in relation to paragraphs (b)(i), (b)(ii) and (b)(iii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given
has entered into a Confidentiality Undertaking except that there shall be no requirement for a Confidentiality Undertaking if the
recipient is a professional adviser and is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the Confidential
Information;

 

		(B)	in relation to paragraph (b)(iv) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given has entered into a Confidentiality
Undertaking or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to the Confidential Information they receive and
is informed that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;

 

		(C)	in relation to paragraphs (b)(v), (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the person to whom the Confidential Information is to be given
is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be price-sensitive information;
and

 

		(D)	in relation to paragraphs (b)(vi) and (b)(vii) above, the Company is informed of any such disclosure;

 

		(c)	to any person appointed by that Finance Party or by a person to whom paragraph (b)(i) or (b)(ii) above applies to provide administration
or settlement services in respect of one or more of the Finance Documents including without limitation, in relation to the trading
of participations in respect of the Finance Documents, such Confidential Information as may be required to be disclosed to enable
such service provider to provide any of the services referred to in this paragraph (c) if the service provider to whom the Confidential
Information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form of the LMA Master Confidentiality
Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality undertaking agreed between
the Company and the relevant Finance Party;

 

		(d)	to any rating agency (including its professional advisers) such Confidential Information as
                                                                                                         may be required to be disclosed to enable such rating agency to carry out its normal rating activities in relation to the
                                                                                                         Finance Documents and/or the Obligors if the rating agency to whom the Confidential
Information is to be given is informed of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may be
price-sensitive information,

 

    - 116 -

     

    

 

provided that in all cases the prior consent
of the Company shall be required for disclosure of Confidential Information by a Finance Party to a Fund or to any commercial competitor
of any member of the Group.

 

		35.3	Disclosure to numbering service providers

 

		(a)	Any Finance Party may disclose to any national or international numbering service provider appointed by that Finance Party
to provide identification numbering services in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors the following
information:

 

		(i)	names of Obligors;

 

		(ii)	country of domicile of Obligors;

 

		(iii)	place of incorporation of Obligors;

 

		(iv)	date of this Agreement;

 

		(v)	the names of the Agent and the Arranger;

 

		(vi)	date of each amendment and restatement of this Agreement;

 

		(vii)	amount of Total Commitments;

 

		(viii)	currencies of the Facility;

 

		(ix)	type of Facility;

 

		(x)	ranking of Facility;

 

		(xi)	Termination Date;

 

		(xii)	changes to any of the information previously supplied pursuant to paragraphs (i) to (xi) above; and

 

		(xiii)	such other information agreed between such Finance Party and the Company,

 

to enable such numbering service provider to provide
its usual syndicated loan numbering identification services.

 

		(b)	The Parties acknowledge and agree that each identification number assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more
Obligors by a numbering service provider and the information associated with each such number may be disclosed to users of its
services in accordance with the standard terms and conditions of that numbering service provider.

 

    - 117 -

     

    

 

		(c)	The Company represents that none of the information set out in paragraphs (a)(i) to (a)(xiii) of paragraph (a) above is, nor
will at any time be, unpublished price-sensitive information.

 

		(d)	The Agent shall notify the Company and the other Finance Parties of:

 

		(i)	the name of any numbering service provider appointed by the Agent in respect of this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or
more Obligors; and

 

		(ii)	the number or, as the case may be, numbers assigned to this Agreement, the Facility and/or one or more Obligors by such numbering
service provider.

 

		35.4	Entire agreement

 

This Clause 35 (Confidentiality) constitutes
the entire agreement between the Parties in relation to the obligations of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents regarding
Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential Information.

 

		35.5	Inside information

 

Each of the Finance Parties acknowledges that some
or all of the Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated
or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and each of the Finance
Parties undertakes not to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

		35.6	Notification of disclosure

 

Each of the Finance Parties agrees (to the extent
permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Company:

 

		(a)	of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to paragraph (b)(v) of Clause 35.2 (Disclosure
of Confidential Information) except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during
the ordinary course of its supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

		(b)	upon becoming aware that Confidential Information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 35 (Confidentiality).

 

		35.7	Continuing obligations

 

The obligations in this Clause 35 (Confidentiality)
are continuing and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on each Finance Party for a period of twelve months from the
earlier of:

 

		(a)	the date on which all amounts payable by the Obligors under or in connection with this Agreement have been paid in full and
all Commitments have been cancelled or otherwise cease to be available; and

 

    - 118 -

     

    

 

		(b)	the date on which such Finance Party otherwise ceases to be a Finance Party.

 

		36.	CONFIDENTIALITY OF REFERENCE BANK RATES

 

		36.1	Confidentiality and disclosure

 

		(a)	The Agent agrees to keep each Reference Bank Rate confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted
by paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below.

 

		(b)	The Agent may disclose any Reference Bank Quotation to any person appointed by it to provide administration services in respect
of one or more of the Finance Documents to the extent necessary to enable such service provider to provide those services if the
service provider to whom that information is to be given has entered into a confidentiality agreement substantially in the form
of the LMA Master Confidentiality Undertaking for Use With Administration/Settlement Service Providers or such other form of confidentiality
undertaking agreed between the Agent and the relevant Lender or Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

		(c)	The Agent may disclose any Reference Bank Quotation to:

 

		(i)	any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers, auditors, partners and
Representatives if any person to whom that Reference Bank Quotation is to be given pursuant to this paragraph (i) is informed in
writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement
to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional obligations to maintain the confidentiality of that Reference Bank Quotation
or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation to it;

 

		(ii)	any person to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any court of competent jurisdiction or any governmental,
banking, taxation or other regulatory authority or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable
law or regulation if the person to whom that Reference Bank Quotation is to be given is informed in writing of its confidential
nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no requirement to so inform if, in the opinion
of the Agent, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;

 

		(iii)	any person to whom information is required to be disclosed in connection with, and for the purposes of, any litigation, arbitration,
administrative or other investigations, proceedings or disputes if the person to whom that Reference Bank Quotation is to be given
is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that it may be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no
requirement to so inform if, in the opinion of the Agent, as the case may be, it is not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
and

 

    - 119 -

     

    

 

		(iv)	any person with the consent of the relevant Reference Bank, as the case may be.

 

		(d)	The Agent’s obligations in this Clause 36 relating to Reference Bank Quotations are without prejudice to its obligations
to make notifications under Clause 8.4 (Notification of rates of interest) provided that (other than pursuant to paragraph
(b)(i) above) the Agent shall not include the details of any individual Reference Bank Quotation as part of any such notification.

 

		36.2	Other obligations

 

		(a)	The Agent acknowledges that each Reference Bank Quotation is or may be price-sensitive information and that its use may be
regulated or prohibited by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the
Agent undertakes not to use any Reference Bank Quotation for any unlawful purpose.

 

		(b)	The Agent agrees (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the relevant Reference Bank, as the case may be:

 

		(i)	of the circumstances of any disclosure made pursuant to paragraph (c)(ii) of Clause 36.1 (Confidentiality and disclosure)
above except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its
supervisory or regulatory function; and

 

		(ii)	upon becoming aware that any information has been disclosed in breach of this Clause 36.

 

		37.	COUNTERPARTS

 

Each Finance Document may be executed in any number
of counterparts, and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance Document.

 

    - 120 -

     

    

 

SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

 

		38.	GOVERNING LAW

 

This Agreement and any non-contractual obligations
arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

		39.	ENFORCEMENT

 

		39.1	Jurisdiction

 

		(a)	The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this Agreement
(including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or termination of this Agreement or the consequences of its nullity or
any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Agreement) (a “Dispute”).

 

		(b)	The Parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle Disputes and accordingly
no Party will argue to the contrary.

 

		(c)	This Clause 39.1 (Jurisdiction) is for the benefit of the Finance Parties only. As a result, and notwithstanding paragraph
(a) of Clause 39.1, any Finance Party may take proceedings relating to a Dispute in any other courts with jurisdiction. To the
extent allowed by law, the Finance Parties may take concurrent proceedings in any number of jurisdictions.

 

		39.2	Service of process

 

Each Obligor agrees that the documents which start
any proceedings in relation to any Finance Document, and any other documents required to be served in connection with those proceedings,
may be served on it by being delivered (for the attention of the Company) to:

 

Law Debenture Corporate Services Limited

 

Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX

 

or to such other address in England and Wales as each
such Obligor may specify by notice in writing to the Agent. Nothing in this paragraph shall affect the right of any Finance Party
to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. This Clause applies to proceedings in England and proceedings elsewhere.

 

    - 121 -

     

    

 

		39.3	Waiver of Immunity

 

Each Obligor waives generally all immunity it or its
assets or revenues may otherwise have in any jurisdiction, including immunity in respect of:

 

		(a)	the giving of any relief by way of injunction or order for specific performance or for the recovery of assets or revenues;
and

 

		(b)	the issue of any process against its assets or revenues for the enforcement of a judgment or, in an action in rem, for
the arrest, detention or sale of any of its assets and revenues.

 

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at
the beginning of this Agreement.

 

    - 122 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 1

THE ORIGINAL PARTIES

 

PART I

THE ORIGINAL OBLIGORS

 

	Name of Original Borrower	 	Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
	 	 	 
	Millicom International Cellular S.A.	 	 

 

 

	Name of Guarantor	 	Registration number (or equivalent, if any)
	 	 	 
	Millicom International Cellular S.A.	 	 

 

    - 123 -

     

    

 

PART II

THE ORIGINAL LENDERS

 

	Name of Original Lender	 	Commitment (USD)	 
	DNB Sweden AB	 	 	150,000,000	 
	Nordea Bank Abp, filial i Sverige	 	 	150,000,000	 
	TOTAL	 	 	300,000,000	 

 

    - 124 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 2

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

PART I

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INITIAL UTILISATION

 

		1.	Original Obligors

 

		(a)	A copy of the constitutional documents of each Original Obligor.

 

		(b)	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of each Original Obligor:

 

		(i)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Finance Documents to which it is a party and resolving that
it execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party;

 

		(ii)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Finance Documents to which it is a party on its behalf; and

 

		(iii)	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all documents and notices (including, if
relevant, any Utilisation Request and Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under or in connection with the Finance
Documents to which it is a party.

 

		(c)	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph (b) above.

 

		(d)	A certificate of the Company (signed by an authorised signatory) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as appropriate,
the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on any Original Obligor to be exceeded.

 

		(e)	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the relevant Original Obligor certifying that each copy document relating to it
specified in this Part I of this Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the
date of this Agreement.

 

		2.	Legal opinions

 

		(a)	A legal opinion of Clifford Chance LLP, legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in England, substantially in the form
distributed to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

		(b)	A legal opinion of Hogan Lovells (Luxembourg) LLP, legal advisers to the Company in Luxembourg, substantially in the form distributed
to the Original Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

		(c)	If an Original Obligor is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, or Luxembourg, a legal opinion of the
legal advisers to the Arranger and the Agent in the relevant jurisdiction, substantially in the form distributed to the Original
Lenders prior to signing this Agreement.

 

    - 125 -

     

    

 

		3.	Other documents and evidence

 

		(a)	This Agreement and the Fee Letters each duly executed by the Obligors party to it.

 

		(b)	The 2018 Annual Report.

 

		(c)	A Group structure chart which shows the Group as at the date of this Agreement.

 

		(d)	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent reasonably considers to be necessary
or desirable (if it has notified the Company accordingly) in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions
contemplated by any Finance Document or for the validity and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

		(e)	The Original Financial Statements of each Original Obligor.

 

		(f)	Evidence that the fees, costs and expenses then due from the Company pursuant to Clause 11 (Fees) and Clause 16 (Costs
and expenses) have been paid or will be paid by the first Utilisation Date (provided that invoices in respect of any
costs and expenses (including, without limitation, legal fees) have been received by the Company at least three Business Days prior
to the first Utilisation Date).

 

		(g)	Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each Lender has carried out and is satisfied with the results of all “know
your customer” or other similar checks required in respect of the Original Obligors.

 

    - 126 -

     

    

 

PART II

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT REQUIRED TO BE DELIVERED

BY AN ADDITIONAL BORROWER

 

		1.	An Accession Letter, duly executed by the Additional Borrower and the Company.

 

		2.	A copy of the constitutional documents of the Additional Borrower.

 

		3.	A copy of a resolution of the board of directors of the Additional Borrower:

 

		(a)	approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, the Accession Letter and the Finance Documents and resolving
that it execute the Accession Letter;

 

		(b)	authorising a specified person or persons to execute the Accession Letter on its behalf; and

 

		(c)	authorising a specified person or persons, on its behalf, to sign and/or despatch all other documents and notices (including,
in relation to an Additional Borrower, any Utilisation Request or Selection Notice) to be signed and/or despatched by it under
or in connection with the Finance Documents.

 

		4.	A specimen of the signature of each person authorised by the resolution referred to in paragraph 3 above.

 

		5.	A certificate of the Additional Borrower (signed by an authorised signatory) confirming that borrowing or guaranteeing, as
appropriate, the Total Commitments would not cause any borrowing, guaranteeing or similar limit binding on it to be exceeded.

 

		6.	A certificate of an authorised signatory of the Additional Borrower certifying that each copy document listed in this Part
II of Schedule 2 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of the Accession Letter.

 

		7.	A copy of any other Authorisation or other document, opinion or assurance which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable
in connection with the entry into and performance of the transactions contemplated by the Accession Letter or for the validity
and enforceability of any Finance Document.

 

		8.	If available, the latest audited financial statements of the Additional Borrower.

 

		9.	A legal opinion of the legal advisers to the Agent, addressed to the Finance Parties.

 

		10.	If the Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, a legal opinion of the legal advisers
to the Agent in the jurisdiction in which the Additional Borrower is incorporated (or by legal advisers to the Company if it is
standard market practice in that jurisdiction for the Company’s legal advisers to provide such opinions).

 

		11.	If the Additional Borrower is incorporated in a jurisdiction other than England and Wales, evidence that any process agent
referred to in Clause 39.2 (Service of process) has accepted its appointment in relation to the Additional Borrower.

 

			

		12.	Evidence satisfactory to the Agent that each Lender has carried out and is satisfied with the results of all “know
your customer” or other similar checks required in respect of the Additional Borrower.

 

    - 127 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 3

REQUESTS

 

PART I

UTILISATION REQUEST

 

		From:	[name of relevant Borrower]

 

		To:	DNB Bank SAS as Agent

 

		Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.
 – US$ 300,000,000 Facility Agreement

 dated [●] 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Utilisation Request. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Utilisation
Request unless given a different meaning in this Utilisation Request.

 

		2.	We wish to borrow a Loan on the following terms:

 

	Proposed
    Utilisation Date:	 	[·]
    (or, if that is not a Business Day, the next Business Day)
	 	 	 
	Facility
    to be utilised:	 	The Facility
	 	 	 
	Currency of Loan:	 	[·]
	 	 	 
	Amount:	 	[·]
    or, if less, the Available Facility
	 	 	 
	Interest Period:	 	[·]
	 	 	 
	Net
    Leverage Ratio1	 	 

 

		3.	We confirm that each condition specified in Clause 4.2 (Further conditions precedent) of the Agreement is satisfied
on the date of this Utilisation Request.

 

		4.	The proceeds of this Loan should be credited to [account].

 

		5.	This Utilisation Request is irrevocable.

 

	 	Yours faithfully	 
	 	 	 
	 	authorised signatory for and on behalf of	 
	 	[name of relevant Borrower]	 

 

 

1       Based
on most recently delivered financial statements/Compliance Certificate.

 

    - 128 -

     

    

 

PART II

SELECTION NOTICE

 

		From:	[name of relevant Borrower]

 

		To:	DNB Bank SAS as Agent

 

		Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.
 – US$ 300,000,000 Facility Agreement

 dated [·] 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Selection Notice. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Selection
Notice unless given a different meaning in this Selection Notice.

 

		2.	We refer to the following Loan[s] with an Interest Period ending on [   ] *.

 

		3.	[We request that the above Loan[s] be divided into [   ] Loans with the following amounts and Interest Periods:] **

 

or

 

[We request that the next Interest Period for the
above Loan[s] is [ ]].***

 

		4.	This Selection Notice is irrevocable.

 

	 	Yours faithfully	 
	 	 	 
	 	authorised signatory for	 
	 	[the Company on behalf of]	 
	 	[name of relevant Borrower]	 

 

*       Insert
details of all Loans which have an Interest Period ending on the same date.

 

**     Use this
option if division of Loans is requested.

 

***   Use
this option if sub-division is not required.

 

    - 129 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 4

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE

 

		To:	DNB Bank SAS as Agent

 

		From:	[The Existing Lender] (the “Existing
Lender”) and [The New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

		Dated:

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.
 – US$ 300,000,000 Facility Agreement

 dated [·] 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Transfer Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Transfer
Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Transfer Certificate.

 

		2.	We refer to Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer):

 

		(a)	The Existing Lender and the New Lender agree to the Existing Lender transferring to the New Lender by novation, and in accordance
with Clause 23.5 (Procedure for transfer), all of the Existing Lender’s rights and obligations under the Agreement
and other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Loans
under the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

		(b)	The proposed Transfer Date is [·].

 

		(c)	The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause
30.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

		3.	The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of
Clause 23.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

		[5/6].	This Transfer Certificate may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on
the counterparts were on a single copy of this Transfer Certificate.

 

		[6/7].	This Transfer Certificate and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English
law.

 

		[7/8].	This Transfer Certificate has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Transfer Certificate.

 

    - 130 -

     

    

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Commitment/rights and obligations to
be transferred

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility Office address, fax number
and attention details for notices and account details for payments,]

 

	For and on behalf of	 	For and on behalf of
	[Existing Lender]	 	[New Lender]
	 	 	 
	By:	 	By:

 

This Transfer Certificate is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer
Date is confirmed as [·].

 

For and on behalf of

[·]

 

By:

 

    - 131 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 5

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

		To:	DNB Bank SAS as Agent and Millicom International Cellular S.A. as Company, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

		From:	[the Existing Lender] (the “Existing Lender”) and [the New Lender] (the “New Lender”)

 

		Dated:

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.
 – US$ 300,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [·] 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is an Assignment Agreement. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Assignment
Agreement unless given a different meaning in this Assignment Agreement.

 

		2.	We refer to Clause 23.6 (Procedure for assignment):

 

		(a)	The Existing Lender assigns absolutely to the New Lender all the rights of the Existing Lender under the Agreement and the
other Finance Documents which relate to that portion of the Existing Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under
the Agreement as specified in the Schedule.

 

		(b)	The Existing Lender is released from all the obligations of the Existing Lender which correspond to that portion of the Existing
Lender’s Commitment(s) and participations in Loans under the Agreement specified in the Schedule.

 

		(c)	The New Lender becomes a Party
                                         as a Lender and is bound by obligations equivalent to those from which the Existing Lender
                                         is released under paragraph (b) above.2

 

		3.	The proposed Transfer Date is [·].

 

		4.	On the Transfer Date the New Lender becomes Party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

		5.	The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices of the New Lender for the purposes of Clause
30.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

		6.	The New Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Existing Lender’s obligations set out in paragraph (c) of
Clause 23.4 (Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders).

 

		[8/9].	This Assignment Agreement acts as notice to the Agent (on behalf of each Finance Party) and, upon delivery in accordance with
Clause 23.7 (Copy of Transfer Certificate or Assignment Agreement to Company), to the
Company (on behalf of each Obligor) of the assignment referred to in this Assignment Agreement.

 

		2	If the Assignment Agreement is used in place of a Transfer Certificate in order to avoid a novation of rights/obligations for
reasons relevant to a civil jurisdiction, local law advice should be sought to check the suitability of the Assignment Agreement
due to the assumption of obligations contained in paragraph 2(c).

 

    - 132 -

     

    

 

		[9/10].	This Assignment Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on
the counterparts were on a single copy of this Assignment Agreement.

 

		[10/11].	This Assignment Agreement and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English
law.

 

		[11/12].	This Assignment Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Assignment Agreement.

 

    - 133 -

     

    

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Rights to be assigned and obligations
to be released and undertaken

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, fax number
and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

	For and on behalf of	 	For and on behalf of
	[Existing Lender]	 	[New Lender]
	 	 	 
	By:	 	By:

 

This Assignment Agreement is accepted by the Agent and the Transfer
Date is confirmed as [·].

 

Signature of this Assignment Agreement by the Agent constitutes
confirmation by the Agent of receipt of notice of the assignment referred to herein, which notice the Agent receives on behalf
of each Finance Party.

 

For and on behalf of

[·]

 

By:

 

    - 134 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 6

FORM OF ACCESSION LETTER

 

		To:	DNB Bank SAS as Agent

 

		From:	[Subsidiary] and Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.
 – US$ 300,000,000 Facility Agreement 

dated [·] 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is an Accession Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Accession
Letter unless given a different meaning in this Accession Letter.

 

		2.	[Subsidiary] agrees to become an Additional Borrower and to be bound by the terms of the Agreement as an Additional
Borrower pursuant to Clause 24.2 (Additional Borrowers) of the Agreement. [Subsidiary] is a company duly incorporated
under the laws of [name of relevant jurisdiction].

 

		3.	[The Company confirms that no Default
                                         is continuing or would occur as a result of [Subsidiary] becoming an Additional
                                         Borrower.]3

 

		4.	[Subsidiary’s] administrative details are as follows:

 

Address:

 

Fax No:

 

Attention:

 

		5.	This Accession Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[This Accession Letter is entered into by deed.]

 

	For and on behalf of	 	For and on behalf of
	Millicom International Cellular S.A.   	 	[Subsidiary]
	 	 	 
	By: 	 	By:
	 	 	 
	 	 	 

 

 3       Include
in the case of an Additional Borrower.

 

    - 135 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 7

FORM OF RESIGNATION LETTER

 

		To:	DNB Bank SAS as Agent

 

		From:	[resigning Borrower] and Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

Dated:

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.
 – US$ 300,000,000 Facility Agreement

 dated [·] 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Resignation Letter. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Resignation
Letter unless given a different meaning in this Resignation Letter.

 

		2.	Pursuant to Clause 24.3 (Resignation of a Borrower), we request that [resigning Borrower] be released from its
obligations as a Borrower under the Agreement.

 

		3.	We confirm that:

 

(a)       no Default
is continuing or would result from the acceptance of this request; and

 

(b)       [·]*

 

		4.	This Resignation Letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English
law.

 

	For and on behalf of	 	For and on behalf of
	Millicom International Cellular S.A.	 	[Subsidiary]
	 	 	 
	By:	 	By:
	 	 	 
	NOTES:	 	 

 

*       Insert any
other conditions required by the Facility Agreement.

 

    - 136 -

     

    

 

 

SCHEDULE 8

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

		To:	DNB Bank SAS as Agent

 

		From:	Millicom International Cellular S.A.

 

		Dated:	

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.
 – US$ 300,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [·] 2019 (the “ Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is a Compliance Certificate. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning when used
in this Compliance Certificate unless given a different meaning in this Compliance Certificate.

 

		2.	We confirm that:

 

		(a)	in respect of the Relevant Period ending on [·], Consolidated Net Debt for
such Relevant Period was [·] and Consolidated EBITDA was [·].
Therefore Net Leverage Ratio was [·] and the covenant contained in paragraph (a)
of Clause 20.2 (Financial Condition) [has/has not] been complied with; and

 

		(b)	in respect of the Relevant Period ending on [·], Consolidated EBITDA for such
Relevant Period was [·] and Consolidated Interest Expense was [·].
Therefore Interest Cover was [·] and the covenant contained in paragraph (b) of
Clause 20.2 (Financial Condition)) [has/has not] been complied with.

 

		3.	[We confirm that no Default is continuing.]*

 

 

	Signed:	 	 	 	 
	 	Director	 	Director	 
	 	of	 	of	 
	 	Company	 	Company	 

 

NOTES:

 

		*	If this statement cannot be made, the certificate should identify any Default that is continuing and the steps, if any, being
taken to remedy it.

 

    - 137 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 9

LMA FORM OF CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING

 

THIS MASTER CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING is dated [·]
and made between:

 

(1)       [·];
and

 

(2)       [·].

 

Either party (in this capacity the “Purchaser”)
may from time to time consider acquiring an interest from the other party (in this capacity the “Seller”) in
certain Agreements which, subject to the Agreements, may be by way of novation, assignment, the entering into, whether directly
or indirectly, of a sub-participation or any other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference
to one or more relevant Finance Documents and/or one or more relevant Obligors or by way of investing in or otherwise financing,
directly or indirectly, any such novation, assignment, sub-participation or other transaction (each an “Acquisition”).
In consideration of the Seller agreeing to make available to the Purchaser certain information in relation to each Acquisition
it is agreed as follows:

 

		1.	CONFIDENTIALITY UNDERTAKING

 

The Purchaser undertakes in relation to each Acquisition
made or which may be made by it (a) to keep all Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation
to that Acquisition confidential and not to disclose it to anyone, save to the extent permitted by paragraph 2 below and to ensure
that all Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition is protected with
security measures and a degree of care that would apply to the Purchaser’s own confidential information and (b) until that
Acquisition is completed, to use the Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition
only for the Permitted Purpose.

 

		2.	PERMITTED DISCLOSURE

 

The Purchaser may disclose in relation to each Acquisition
made or which may be made by it:

 

		2.1	to any of its Affiliates and any of its or their officers, directors, employees, professional advisers and auditors such Confidential
Information as the Purchaser shall consider appropriate if any person to whom such Confidential Information is to be given pursuant
to this paragraph 2.1 is informed in writing of its confidential nature and that some or all of such Confidential Information may
be price-sensitive information except that there shall be no such requirement to so inform if the recipient is subject to professional
obligations to maintain the confidentiality of the information or is otherwise bound by requirements of confidentiality in relation
to such Confidential Information;

 

		2.2	subject to the requirements of the relevant Agreement, to any person:

 

		(a)	to (or through) whom the Purchaser assigns or transfers
(or may potentially assign or transfer) all or any of its rights and/or obligations which it may acquire under that Agreement
such Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition as the Purchaser shall
consider appropriate if the person to whom such Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (a) of
paragraph 2.2 has delivered a letter to the Purchaser in equivalent form to this undertaking;

 

    - 138 -

     

    

 

		(b)	with (or through) whom the Purchaser enters into (or may potentially enter into) any sub-participation in relation to, or any
other transaction under which payments are to be made or may be made by reference to that Agreement or any relevant Obligor such
Confidential Information which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition as the Purchaser shall consider
appropriate if the person to whom such Confidential Information is to be given pursuant to this sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph
2.2 has delivered a letter to the Purchaser in equivalent form to this undertaking;

 

		(c)	to whom information is required or requested to be disclosed by any governmental, banking, taxation or other regulatory authority
or similar body, the rules of any relevant stock exchange or pursuant to any applicable law or regulation such Confidential Information
which the Seller supplies to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition as the Purchaser shall consider appropriate; and

 

		2.3	notwithstanding paragraphs 2.1 and 2.2 above, Confidential Information to such persons to whom, and on the same terms as, a
Finance Party is permitted to disclose such Confidential Information under the Agreement to which that Acquisition relates, as
if such permissions were set out in full in this undertaking for the purposes of that Acquisition and as if references in those
permissions to Finance Party were references to the Purchaser for the purposes of that Acquisition.

 

		3.	NOTIFICATION OF DISCLOSURE

 

The Purchaser agrees in relation to each Acquisition
made or which may be made by it (to the extent permitted by law and regulation) to inform the Seller:

 

		3.1	of the circumstances of any disclosure of Confidential Information made pursuant to sub-paragraph (c) of paragraph 2.2 above
except where such disclosure is made to any of the persons referred to in that paragraph during the ordinary course of its supervisory
or regulatory function; and

 

		3.2	upon becoming aware that Confidential Information relating to that Acquisition has been disclosed in breach of this undertaking.

 

		4.	RETURN OF COPIES

 

If the Purchaser does not enter into an
Acquisition and the Seller so requests in writing, the Purchaser shall return or destroy all Confidential Information
supplied to the Purchaser by the Seller in relation to that Acquisition and destroy or permanently erase (to the extent
technically practicable) all copies of such Confidential Information made by the Purchaser and use its reasonable endeavours
to ensure that anyone to whom the Purchaser has supplied any such Confidential Information destroys or permanently erases (to
the extent technically practicable) such Confidential Information and any copies made by them, in each case save to the
extent that the Purchaser or the recipients are required to retain any such Confidential Information by any applicable law,
rule or regulation or by any competent judicial, governmental, supervisory or regulatory body or in accordance with internal
policy, or where the Confidential Information has been disclosed under sub- paragraph (c) of paragraph 2.2 above.

 

    - 139 -

     

    

 

		5.	CONTINUING OBLIGATIONS

 

The obligations in this undertaking are continuing
and, in particular, shall survive and remain binding on the Purchaser in relation to each Acquisition made or which may be made
by it until (a) if the Purchaser becomes a party to the Agreement to which that Acquisition relates as a lender of record, the
date on which the Purchaser becomes such a party to such Agreement; (b) if the Purchaser enters into that Acquisition but it does
not result in the Purchaser becoming a party to the Agreement to which that Acquisition relates as a lender of record, the date
falling twelve months after the date on which all of the Purchaser’s rights and obligations contained in the documentation
entered into to implement that Acquisition have terminated; or (c) in any other case the date falling twelve months after the date
of the Purchaser’s final receipt (in whatever manner) of any Confidential Information in relation to that Acquisition.

 

		6.	NO REPRESENTATION; CONSEQUENCES OF BREACH, ETC.

 

The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that, in relation
to each Acquisition made or which may be made by it:

 

		6.1	neither the Seller, nor any member of the relevant Group nor any of the Seller’s or the relevant Group’s respective
officers, employees or advisers (each a “Relevant Person”) (i) make any representation or warranty, express
or implied, as to, or assume any responsibility for, the accuracy, reliability or completeness of any of the Confidential Information
supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or any other information supplied by the Seller to the
Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or the assumptions on which it is based or (ii) shall be under any obligation to update
or correct any inaccuracy in the Confidential Information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition
or any other information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to that Acquisition or be otherwise liable to the
Purchaser or any other person in respect of the Confidential Information supplied by the Seller to the Purchaser in relation to
that Acquisition or any such information; and

 

		6.2	the Seller or members of the relevant Group may be irreparably harmed by the breach of the terms of this undertaking and damages
may not be an adequate remedy; each Relevant Person may be granted an injunction or specific performance for any threatened or
actual breach of the provisions of this undertaking by the Purchaser.

 

		7.	ENTIRE AGREEMENT: NO WAIVER; AMENDMENTS, ETC.

 

		7.1	This undertaking constitutes the entire agreement between the Seller and the Purchaser in relation to the Purchaser’s
obligations regarding Confidential Information and supersedes any previous agreement, whether express or implied, regarding Confidential
Information.

 

    - 140 -

     

    

 

		7.2	No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising any
right or remedy under this undertaking will operate as a waiver of any such right or remedy or constitute an election to affirm
this letter. No election to affirm this letter will be effective unless it is in writing. No single or partial exercise of any
right or remedy will prevent any further or other exercise or the exercise of any other right or remedy under this undertaking.

 

		7.3	The terms of this undertaking and the Purchaser’s obligations under this undertaking may only be amended or modified
by written agreement between the parties.

 

		8.	INSIDE INFORMATION

 

The Purchaser acknowledges that some or all of the
Confidential Information is or may be price-sensitive information and that the use of such information may be regulated or prohibited
by applicable legislation including securities law relating to insider dealing and market abuse and the Purchaser undertakes not
to use any Confidential Information for any unlawful purpose.

 

		9.	NATURE OF UNDERTAKINGS

 

The undertakings given by the Purchaser in this undertaking
are given to the Seller and are also given for the benefit of the relevant Company and each other member of the relevant Group.

 

		10.	THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

		10.1	Subject to this paragraph 10 and to paragraphs 6 and 9, a person who is not a party to this undertaking has no right under
the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 (the “Third Parties Act”) to enforce or to enjoy the benefit
of any term of this undertaking.

 

		10.2	The Relevant Persons may enjoy the benefit of the terms of paragraphs 6 and 9 subject to and in accordance with this paragraph
10 and the provisions of the Third Parties Act.

 

		10.3	Notwithstanding any provisions of this undertaking, the parties to this undertaking do not require the consent of any Relevant
Person to rescind or vary this undertaking at any time.

 

		11.	GOVERNING LAW AND JURISDICTION

 

		11.1	This undertaking and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it (including any non-contractual
obligations arising out of the negotiation of any Acquisition) are governed by English law.

 

		11.2	The courts of England have non-exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute arising out of or in connection with this undertaking
(including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with either this undertaking or
the negotiation of any Acquisition).

 

    - 141 -

     

    

 

		12.	DEFINITIONS

 

In this undertaking terms defined in the relevant
Agreement (as defined below) shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same meaning and:

 

“Agreement” means the USD 300,000,000
facility agreement dated [·] 2019 between, amongst others, Millicom International
Cellular S.A. as the company, [·] as agent and certain financial institutions named
therein as lenders.

 

“Company” means Millicom International
Cellular S.A.

 

“Confidential Information” means,
in relation to each Acquisition, all information relating to the relevant Company, any relevant Obligor, the relevant Group, the
relevant Finance Documents, [the/a] relevant Facility and/or that Acquisition which is received by the Purchaser in relation to
the relevant Finance Documents or [the/a] relevant Facility from the Seller or any of its affiliates or advisers, in whatever form,
and includes information given orally and any document, electronic file or any other way of representing or recording information
which contains or is derived or copied from such information but excludes information that:

 

		(a)	is or becomes public information other than as a direct or indirect result of any breach by the Purchaser of this undertaking;
or

 

		(b)	is identified in writing at the time of delivery as non-confidential by the Seller or its advisers; or

 

		(c)	is known by the Purchaser before the date the information is disclosed to the Purchaser by the Seller or any of its affiliates
or advisers or is lawfully obtained by the Purchaser after that date, from a source which is, as far as the Purchaser is aware,
unconnected with the relevant Group and which, in either case, as far as the Purchaser is aware, has not been obtained in breach
of, and is not otherwise subject to, any obligation of confidentiality.

 

“Group” means, in relation to each
Acquisition, the relevant Company and its subsidiaries for the time being (as such term is defined in the Companies Act 2006).

 

“Permitted Purpose” means, in relation
to each Acquisition, considering and evaluating whether to enter into that Acquisition.

 

This undertaking has been entered into on the date stated at
the beginning of this undertaking

 

    - 142 -

     

    

 

SIGNATURES

 

[·]

 

By:

 

 

[·]

 

By:

 

    - 143 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 10

TIMETABLES

 

	Delivery of a duly completed	 	U-3
	Utilisation Request (Clause 5.1	 	 
	(Delivery of a Utilisation Request))	 	9.30am
	 	 	 
	Agent notifies the Lenders of the Loan	 	U-3
	in accordance with Clause 5.4	 	 
	(Lenders’ participation)	 	3.00pm
	 	 	 
	LIBOR is fixed	 	Quotation Day as of

11:00 a.m. London

time

 

“U” = date of utilisation

 

“U - X” = Business Days prior to date of utilisation

 

    - 144 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 11

FORM OF INCREASE CONFIRMATION

 

		To:	DNB Bank SAS as Agent, and Millicom International Cellular S.A. as Company, for and on behalf of each Obligor

 

		From:	[the Increase Lender] (the “Increase Lender”)

 

		Dated:	

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.
 – US$ 300,000,000 Facility Agreement dated [·] 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Agreement. This is an Increase Confirmation. Terms defined in the Agreement have the same meaning in this Increase
Confirmation unless given a different meaning in this Increase Confirmation.

 

		2.	We refer to Clause 2.2 (Increase) of the Agreement.

 

		3.	The Increase Lender agrees to assume and will assume all of the obligations corresponding to the Commitment specified in the
Schedule (the “Relevant Commitment”) as if it was an Original Lender under the Agreement.

 

		4.	The proposed date on which the increase in relation to the Increase Lender and the Relevant Commitment is to take effect (the
 “Increase Date”) is [·].

 

		5.	On the Increase Date, the Increase Lender becomes party to the Finance Documents as a Lender.

 

		6.	The Facility Office and address, fax number and attention details for notices to the Increase Lender for the purposes of Clause
30.2 (Addresses) are set out in the Schedule.

 

		7.	The Increase Lender expressly acknowledges the limitations on the Lenders’ obligations referred to in paragraph (g) of
Clause 2.2 (Increase).

 

[10/11.] This Increase Confirmation
may be executed in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single
copy of this Increase Confirmation.

 

[11/12.] This Increase Confirmation
and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

 

[12/13]. This Increase Confirmation
has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Increase Confirmation.

 

    - 145 -

     

    

 

THE SCHEDULE

 

Relevant Commitment/rights and obligations
to be assumed by the Increase Lender

 

[insert relevant details]

 

[Facility office address, fax number
and attention details for notices and account details for payments]

 

[Increase Lender]

 

By:

 

This Increase Confirmation is accepted as an Increase Confirmation
for the purposes of the Agreement by the Agent and the Increase Date is confirmed as [·].

 

Agent

 

By:

 

    - 146 -

     

    

 

SCHEDULE 12

FORM OF SUBSTITUTE AFFILIATE LENDER DESIGNATION
NOTICE

 

		To:	DNB Bank SAS as Agent

 

		Cc:	Millicom International Cellular S.A. as the Company

 

		From:	[Designating Lender] (the “Designating Lender”)

 

		Dated:	[·]

 

Dear Sirs

 

Millicom International Cellular S.A.
 – US$ 300,000,000 Facility Agreement

dated [●] 2019 (the “Agreement”)

 

		1.	We refer to the Facility Agreement. Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meaning in this Designation Notice.

 

		2.	We hereby designate our Affiliate details of which are given below as a Substitute Affiliate Lender in respect of any Loans
required to be advanced to [specify name of borrower or refer to all borrowers in a particular jurisdiction etc] (“Designated
Loans”).

 

		3.	The details of the Substitute Affiliate Lender are as follows:

 

		Name:	

 

Facility Office:

 

Fax Number:

 

Attention:

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation:

 

		4.	By countersigning this notice below the Substitute Affiliate Lender agrees to become a Designated Affiliate Lender in respect
of Designated Loans as indicated above and agrees to be bound by the terms of the Facility Agreement accordingly.

 

		5.	This Designation Notice and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English
law.

 

    - 147 -

     

    

 

	 	 

For and on behalf of

[Designating Lender]

 

 

 

We acknowledge and agree to the terms of the above.

 

 

	 	 
	For and on behalf of	 
	[Substitute Affiliate Lender]	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	We acknowledge the terms of the above.	 
	 	 
	 	 
	 	 
	For and on behalf of	 
	The Agent	 

 

Dated: [·]

 

    - 148 -

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00305-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00305-of-00352.parquet"}]]